WO2019223436A1 - Method and device for sending and receiving codebook information - Google Patents

Method and device for sending and receiving codebook information Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019223436A1
WO2019223436A1 PCT/CN2019/081775 CN2019081775W WO2019223436A1 WO 2019223436 A1 WO2019223436 A1 WO 2019223436A1 CN 2019081775 W CN2019081775 W CN 2019081775W WO 2019223436 A1 WO2019223436 A1 WO 2019223436A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
codebook
physical downlink
downlink data
candidate
time unit
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/081775
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李胜钰
官磊
马蕊香
吕永霞
邵家枫
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2019223436A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019223436A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/1607Details of the supervisory signal
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0055Physical resource allocation for ACK/NACK

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of mobile communication technology, and in particular, to a method and device for sending and receiving codebook information.
  • Hybrid automatic repeat request is an efficient transmission mechanism. On the one hand, the reliability of downlink data transmission can be greatly improved through retransmissions. On the other hand, the terminal equipment feedbacks the HARQ to the base station. Acknowledgement (ACK) / Negative Acknowledgement (NACK). Only when the terminal equipment feedbacks NACK, the base station needs to retransmit, which reduces the overall resource consumption of data transmission.
  • ACK Acknowledgement
  • NACK Negative Acknowledgement
  • the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) has determined in the new radio (NR) standard that the ACK / NACK that is fed back in a slot needs to be jointly coded as 1 HARQ-
  • the ACK codebook uses 1 physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource for feedback, but this is not conducive to reducing the feedback delay of ACK / NACK.
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • the subcarrier interval used for downlink transmission is 30kHz
  • the subcarrier interval used for uplink transmission is 15kHz.
  • the ACK / NACK of the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) 1 can be fed back at the fastest symbol at the beginning of the second uplink time slot in FIG.
  • the fastest-scheduled ACK / NACK for PDSCH2 can only be fed back at the end of the second time slot of the uplink. In this way, since the ACK / NACK in one time slot needs joint coding feedback, the ACK / NACK of PDSCH1 will be delayed. If the ACK / NACK of PDSCH1 is NACK, the retransmission of PDSCH1 by the base station will be delayed accordingly.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for sending and receiving codebook information, which are used to reduce downlink transmission delay.
  • a method for transmitting codebook information is provided.
  • the method may be executed by a communication device, such as a terminal device or a chip provided in the terminal device.
  • the method includes receiving at least one physical downlink data channel at a candidate receiving opportunity in a first set of time units, the first set of time units including M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1, and the M candidates
  • the receiving timing is divided into a first candidate receiving timing subset and a second candidate receiving timing subset according to the codebook identification information, where the codebook identification information includes the first codebook identification information and the second codebook identification information.
  • the first candidate reception timing subset corresponds to the first codebook identification information
  • the second candidate reception timing subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information
  • the state generates a feedback information codebook
  • the feedback information codebook includes a first codebook and a second codebook
  • the first codebook corresponds to the first subset of candidate reception opportunities
  • the second codebook corresponds to all
  • the second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds; the first codebook and / or the second codebook are sent in a second time unit.
  • a method for receiving codebook information may be executed by a communication device, such as a network device, such as a base station.
  • the method includes: sending at least one physical downlink data channel in a candidate receiving opportunity in a first set of time units, the first set of time units including M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1, and the M candidates
  • the receiving timing is divided into a first candidate receiving timing subset and a second candidate receiving timing subset according to the codebook identification information, where the codebook identification information includes the first codebook identification information and the second codebook identification information.
  • the first candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the first codebook identification information
  • the second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information
  • the first codebook and And / or a second codebook where the first codebook corresponds to the first candidate receiving opportunity subset, and the second codebook corresponds to the second candidate receiving opportunity subset.
  • the M candidate receiving opportunities can be divided into a first candidate receiving opportunity subset and a second candidate receiving opportunity subset, and then the feedback information of the physical downlink data channel can be divided into different codebooks accordingly. Therefore, the first codebook and the second codebook can be processed separately, and it is not necessary to send all feedback information as one codebook. Therefore, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application can effectively reduce the delay in sending feedback information, thereby Therefore, the transmission delay of the downlink data is correspondingly reduced.
  • each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a first parameter group, where the first parameter group includes codebook identification information and includes at least one of the following information: physical The timing offset between the downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel, the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and the physical downlink data channel mapping type.
  • the first parameter group may include codebook identification information, and also include timing offsets between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel, time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and PDSCH mapping types.
  • a parameter group includes codebook identification information, a timing offset between a physical downlink data channel and a physical downlink control channel, time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and a physical downlink data channel mapping type.
  • the first parameter group may include The codebook identification information also includes two of the timing offset between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel, the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and the physical downlink data channel mapping type.
  • the first parameter group Including codebook identification information, timing offset between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel, and time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, or the first parameter group may include codebook identification information and also include physical downlink data Timing offset between channel and physical downlink control channel, physical Domain location information and one physical downlink data channel mapping types when the line data channel, for example, the first codebook parameters includes identification information and a physical downlink data channel domain location information.
  • each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a second parameter group, where the second parameter group includes a physical downlink data channel mapping type and includes at least one of the following information : A timing offset between a physical downlink data channel and a physical downlink control channel, and time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, wherein the codebook identification information corresponds to the physical downlink data channel mapping type.
  • the second parameter group may include a physical downlink data channel mapping type, and also includes a timing offset between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel and time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel.
  • the group includes the physical downlink data channel mapping type, the timing offset between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel, and the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel.
  • the second parameter group may include the PDSCH mapping type and also includes the physical One of the timing offset between the downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel and the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel.
  • the second parameter group includes the physical downlink data channel mapping type and the time domain of the physical downlink data channel. location information.
  • each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a third parameter group
  • the third parameter group includes time domain location information of a physical downlink data channel, and may further include the following information: At least one of: a timing offset between a physical downlink data channel and a physical downlink control channel, and a physical downlink data channel mapping type, wherein the codebook identification information corresponds to time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel.
  • the third parameter group may include time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and also includes two types of timing offset between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel and a physical downlink data channel mapping type.
  • the group includes the physical downlink data channel mapping type, the timing offset between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel, and the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel.
  • the third parameter group may include the time domain location of the physical downlink data channel.
  • the information also includes one of a timing offset between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel and a mapping type of the physical downlink data channel.
  • the third parameter group includes information between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel. Timing offset and time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel.
  • the codebook identification information corresponds to the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and may include at least one of the following two correspondences: 1. Codebook identification information and physical downlink data The number of the start symbol of the channel corresponds; 2. The codebook identification information corresponds to the time domain length of the physical downlink data channel.
  • the codebook identification information can be explicitly configured in the parameter group, so that the terminal device can more clearly determine the candidate receiving timing unit to which the candidate receiving opportunity belongs.
  • the codebook identification information may not be configured in the parameter group corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity, but the correspondence relationship between the codebook identification information and some or all parameters in the parameter group corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity may be configured in advance.
  • the terminal device can also determine the codebook identification information of the candidate receiving opportunity according to some and all parameters included in the parameter group. In this way, the parameter group can be reduced.
  • the parameter group of the codebook identification information corresponds to the parameter group, it can be configured by the network device itself, or it can be predefined by the protocol without specific restrictions.
  • sending the first codebook and / or the second codebook in the second time unit includes: the first candidate receiving opportunity subset and the second time unit A second association exists, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset does not exist in the second time unit, and the second code unit is sent in the second time unit; or The second candidate receiving opportunity subset does not have a second association relationship with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset has the second association relationship with the second time unit.
  • receiving the first codebook and / or the second codebook in the second time unit includes: the first candidate reception timing subset has a second association with the second time unit Relationship, and the second candidate receiving timing subset does not have the second association relationship with the second time unit, and the first codebook is received at the second time unit; or the first candidate There is no second association between the subset of receiving timings and the second time unit, and the second association between the second candidate receiving timing subset and the second time unit exists.
  • Receiving the second codebook; or, the second candidate receiving opportunity subset has a second association with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset and the second time unit exist
  • the second association relationship receives the first codebook and / or the second codebook in the second time unit.
  • a terminal device receives a third physical downlink control channel
  • the third physical downlink data channel scheduled by the third physical downlink control channel belongs to the first candidate receiving opportunity subset
  • the third physical downlink The control channel indicates that the feedback information corresponding to the third physical downlink data channel is sent in the second time unit, and then there is a second association relationship between the first candidate reception timing subset and the second time unit.
  • the terminal device does not receive the scheduled physical downlink data channel belonging to the first candidate reception timing subset, and the feedback information corresponding to the indicated scheduled physical downlink data channel is sent in the second time unit , That is, if the terminal device does not receive such a physical downlink control channel, the second candidate receiving opportunity subset and the second time unit do not have a second association relationship.
  • the fourth physical downlink data channel scheduled by the fourth physical downlink control channel belongs to the second subset of candidate timings, and the fourth physical downlink control channel Indicating that the feedback information corresponding to the fourth physical downlink data channel is sent in the second time unit, the second candidate receiving opportunity subset has a second association relationship with the second time unit.
  • the terminal device does not receive the scheduled physical downlink data channel belonging to the second candidate receiving opportunity subset and the feedback information corresponding to the indicated scheduled physical downlink data channel is sent in the second time unit Physical downlink control channel, that is, the terminal device does not receive such a physical downlink control channel, the second candidate receiving opportunity subset does not have a second association relationship with the second time unit.
  • sending the first codebook and / or the second codebook in the second time unit includes: a first physical uplink channel and a bearer carrying the first codebook.
  • sending the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel, and on the second The physical uplink channel sends the second codebook; and / or, the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook are in the second time unit
  • the middle time domain overlaps the first codebook is sent on the first physical uplink channel, or the second codebook is sent on the second physical uplink channel.
  • receiving the first codebook and / or the second codebook in the second time unit includes: carrying the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and carrying the second codebook. If the second physical uplink channel of the codebook does not overlap in the time domain in the second time unit, receiving the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel and receiving on the second physical uplink channel The second codebook; and / or, the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlap in time domain in the second time unit In the case, the first codebook is received on the first physical uplink channel, or the second codebook is received on the second physical uplink channel.
  • the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook do not overlap in time domain in the second time unit
  • the first codebook is transmitted on the first physical uplink channel
  • the second physical uplink channel sends the second codebook, or the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlap in time domain in the second time unit, and in the first physical unit Send the first codebook on the uplink channel, or send the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel.
  • the terminal device may send the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel and the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel.
  • the physical uplink channel sends the second codebook. The two may not interfere with each other, which can ensure the transmission quality. If the first physical uplink channel and the second physical uplink channel overlap in the time domain within the second time unit, the terminal device can send the first codebook only on the first physical uplink channel, but not on the second physical uplink channel.
  • the second codebook, or the second codebook is sent only on the second physical uplink channel, and the first codebook is not sent on the first physical uplink channel, thereby minimizing transmission interference and improving transmission quality.
  • the terminal device may select the first codebook and the second codebook according to a high-level configuration or a predefined priority. Send a codebook with a higher priority. For example, when the first codebook has a higher priority than the second codebook, the terminal device can send the first codebook only on the first physical uplink channel, and not on the second physical uplink channel. Two codebooks, so as to ensure that high priority codebooks can be transmitted with priority.
  • a first association relationship exists between the second time unit and the first time unit set, and the first association relationship is the first time unit configured or predefined by high-level signaling.
  • a semi-static correspondence between the set and the second time unit; and / or, the second association is a dynamic correspondence between a physical downlink data channel indicated by a physical downlink control channel and the second time unit relationship.
  • the first association relationship can be understood as a semi-static correspondence relationship.
  • the semi-static correspondence relationship it can be understood as: a high-level signaling configuration or a predefined timing offset value between PDSCH and the corresponding ACK / NCK, that is, PDSCH-to-
  • the possible value set of HARQ-Timing that is, the value set of K1
  • the difference between the number of the second time unit and the number of any time unit included in the first time unit set should belong to the K1 value set.
  • the number of bits in the first codebook is determined according to the maximum number of candidate reception opportunities in the first candidate reception opportunity subset that do not overlap in the time domain.
  • the number of bits is determined according to the maximum number of candidate receiving opportunities in the second candidate receiving opportunity subset that do not overlap in the time domain.
  • the candidate reception opportunities that overlap in the time domain are divided into multiple candidate reception units, and each candidate reception unit includes multiple candidate reception opportunities that overlap in the time domain.
  • the candidate reception timings with overlapping time domains cannot be transmitted at the same time, so only a corresponding ACK / NACK is needed, which can reduce the amount of feedback data.
  • this description in this article is based on the example that the first time unit set belongs to one downlink frequency unit. If the first time unit set belongs to multiple downlink frequency units, for each downlink frequency unit, the method described in this article can be used. Determine the number of bits in the codebook.
  • a first communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, a terminal device.
  • the communication device has the function of realizing the terminal equipment in the above method design. These functions can be implemented by hardware, or they can be implemented by hardware to execute corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the specific structure of the communication device may include a processor and a transceiver.
  • the processor and the transceiver may perform corresponding functions in the method provided by the first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect.
  • a second communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, a network device.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the network equipment in the above method design. These functions can be implemented by hardware, or they can be implemented by hardware to execute corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the specific structure of the communication device may include a transceiver, and may further include a processor.
  • the processor and the transceiver may perform corresponding functions in the method provided by the second aspect or any one of the possible designs of the second aspect.
  • a third communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, a terminal device.
  • the communication device has the function of realizing the terminal equipment in the above method design. These functions can be implemented by hardware, or they can be implemented by hardware to execute corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the specific structure of the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the processing module and the transceiver module may perform corresponding functions in the method provided by the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • a fourth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, a network device.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the network equipment in the above method design. These functions can be implemented by hardware, or they can be implemented by hardware to execute corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the specific structure of the communication device may include a transceiver module, and may further include a processing module.
  • the processing module and the transceiver module may perform corresponding functions in the method provided by the second aspect or any one of the possible designs of the second aspect.
  • a fifth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device in the above method design, or a chip provided in the terminal device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program code; and a processor, the processor being coupled to the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions. When the processor executes the instructions, the communication device is caused to execute the foregoing first aspect or a method in any one of the possible designs of the first aspect.
  • a sixth communication device may be a network device designed in the above method, or a chip provided in the network device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program code; and a processor, the processor being coupled to the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions. When the processor executes the instructions, the communication device is caused to execute the foregoing first aspect or a method in any one of the possible designs of the first aspect.
  • a communication system may include the communication device described in the third aspect, the fifth aspect, or the seventh aspect, and the communication device described in the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, or the eighth aspect.
  • the communication device described in the third aspect, the fifth aspect, or the seventh aspect is referred to as a first communication device
  • the communication device described in the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, or the eighth aspect is referred to as Is a second communication device, that is, the communication system includes a first communication device and a second communication device.
  • the first communication device is configured to receive at least one physical downlink data channel at a candidate receiving opportunity in a first set of time units.
  • the first set of time units includes M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1,
  • the M candidate receiving timings are divided into a first candidate receiving timing subset and a second candidate receiving timing subset according to codebook identification information, where the codebook identification information includes the first codebook identification information and the second code This identification information, the first candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponding to the first codebook identification information, the second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponding to the second codebook identification information, according to the at least one physical
  • a feedback information codebook is generated in the receiving state of the downlink data channel.
  • the feedback information codebook includes a first codebook and a second codebook, and the first codebook corresponds to the first subset of candidate reception opportunities.
  • the first set of time units includes M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1, and the M candidate receiving opportunities are divided according to codebook identification information.
  • the codebook identification information includes first codebook identification information and second codebook identification information
  • the first candidate reception timing subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information
  • the first codebook and / or the second codebook are received in a second time unit
  • the A first codebook corresponds to the first candidate reception timing subset
  • the second codebook corresponds to the second candidate reception timing subset.
  • a computer storage medium stores instructions, and when the computer-readable storage medium runs on the computer, the computer is caused to execute the first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect. The method described.
  • a computer storage medium has instructions stored thereon, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the second aspect or any one of the possible designs of the second aspect. As described in the method.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions, and when the computer program product runs on the computer, the computer causes the computer to execute the first aspect or any one of the first aspect. The method described in the design.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions, and when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute any one of the second aspect or the second aspect. The method described in the design.
  • the feedback information can be divided into different codebooks, so that the first codebook and the second codebook can be processed separately. It is not necessary to send all feedback information as one codebook in a unified manner.
  • the method provided by the embodiment can effectively reduce the transmission delay of the feedback information, thereby reducing the transmission delay of the downlink data accordingly.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of sending ACK / NACK in the prior art
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of segmenting a PDSCH included in a time slot
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a method for sending and receiving codebook information according to an embodiment of the present application
  • 5A-5D are schematic diagrams of terminal equipment sending codebook information when the first physical uplink channel and the second physical uplink channel do not overlap in the time domain in the embodiment of the present application;
  • 6A-6B are schematic diagrams of terminal equipment sending codebook information when the first physical uplink channel and the second physical uplink channel overlap in the time domain in the embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a method for sending and receiving codebook information based on the method shown in FIG. 4 according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of segmenting a PDSCH included in a time slot according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of sending codebook information according to the method shown in FIG. 7 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 12A-12B are schematic diagrams of two structures of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Terminal devices including devices that provide voice and / or data connectivity to users, may include, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN) and exchange voice and / or data with the RAN.
  • the terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station Station (remote station), access point (access point (AP)), remote terminal device (remote terminal), access terminal device (access terminal), user terminal device (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user Equipment (user device) and so on.
  • a mobile phone or "cellular" phone
  • a computer with a mobile terminal device a portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built or vehicle-mounted mobile device, a smart wearable device, and the like.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • restricted devices such as devices with lower power consumption, devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners, smart printers, train detectors, gas stations and other equipment.
  • the main functions of the terminal equipment include collecting data (some terminal equipment), receiving control information and downlink data from network equipment, and sending electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to the network equipment.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices, which are the general name for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a device that is worn directly on the body or is integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Broad-spectrum wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, full or partial functions that do not rely on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on certain types of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as various types of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry for physical signs monitoring.
  • a network device for example, includes a base station (for example, an access point), which may refer to a device in an access network that communicates with a wireless terminal device through one or more cells on an air interface.
  • the network device can be used to convert the received air frame and the Internet Protocol (IP) packet to each other, as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network can include an IP network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the network equipment can also coordinate the management of the attributes of the air interface.
  • the network equipment may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional NodeB) in a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), or It may also include a next generation node B (gNB) in the 5G NR system, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • Network equipment can include macro base stations, micro base stations, indoor hotspots, and relay nodes. The function is to send radio waves to terminal equipment. On the one hand, it implements downlink data transmission. On the other hand, it sends scheduling information to control uplink transmission. Radio waves to receive uplink data transmission.
  • a network device provides services for a cell
  • a terminal device communicates with the network device through a transmission resource (for example, a frequency domain resource or a spectrum resource) used by the cell
  • the cell may be a network device (For example, a base station)
  • the corresponding cell can belong to a macro base station or a small cell.
  • the small cell here can include: urban cell, micro cell, and pico cell. (Pico cells), femto cells (Femto cells), etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • the carriers in the LTE system or the NR system can have multiple cells working at the same frequency at the same time.
  • the above concepts of carriers and cells can be considered equivalent.
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • the concept of a carrier and a cell can be considered to be equal, for example, a terminal device accessing a carrier and accessing a cell are equivalent.
  • Subcarrier interval In an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system, the interval between the center or peak positions of two adjacent subcarriers in the frequency domain.
  • the subcarrier interval in the LTE system is 15 (kilohertz, kHz)
  • the subcarrier interval in the NR system may be 15kHz, or 30kHz, or 60kHz, or 120kHz.
  • Ultra-reliable / low latency (URLLC) services Compared with 4G communication systems, a major feature of 5G communication systems is the addition of support for ultra-reliable low-latency services.
  • URLLC's business types include many types. Typical use cases include industrial control, industrial production process automation, human-computer interaction, and telemedicine.
  • the 3GPP RAN and RAN working groups have defined the performance indicators of URLLC services as follows:
  • Delay The transmission time required for a user application layer data packet to reach the receiving end wireless protocol stack layer 2 / 3SDU from the service data unit (SDU) at the transmitting wireless protocol stack layer 2/3.
  • the user plane delay requirement of the URLLC service is 0.5 ms for both uplink and downlink.
  • the above requirements only apply to the base station and the terminal are not in a discontinuous reception state (DRX). It should be pointed out that the performance requirement of 0.5ms here refers to the average delay of the data packet and is not bound to the reliability requirements described below.
  • System capacity the maximum cell throughput that the system can achieve under the premise of meeting a certain percentage of interrupted users.
  • the interrupted users refer to users who cannot meet their reliability requirements within a certain delay range.
  • HARQ is an efficient transmission mechanism.
  • the reliability of downlink data transmission can be greatly improved through retransmission.
  • the terminal equipment feeds back HARQ's ACK / NACK. Only when the NACK is fed back, the base station needs to retransmit, which reduces the overall data transmission resources. Consume.
  • HARQ enhancements have been made, which are mainly implemented in two aspects. One is HARQ-less retransmission, that is, there is no need to wait for the terminal device to feedback ACK.
  • the base station directly retransmits to reduce the delay of downlink data transmission; on the other hand, it is ACK / NACK feedback enhancement, that is, reducing the time for the terminal device to decode the PDSCH, thereby compressing the loopback delay of HARQ transmission ( round-trip time (RTT).
  • RTT round-trip time
  • Bandwidth part refers to a part of the channel bandwidth. It can also be called “operating bandwidth” or transmission bandwidth.
  • Mini BWP (BWP), BWP Unit (BWP Unit), and BP The band and the like may be abbreviated as BWP or BP.
  • BWP can be a continuous resource in the frequency domain.
  • a bandwidth part contains consecutive K (K> 0) subcarriers; or a bandwidth part is frequency domain resources where N (N> 0) non-overlapping consecutive resource blocks (RBs) are located; or A frequency domain resource where a bandwidth part is M (M> 0) non-overlapping continuous resource block groups (resource block group, RBG), and one RBG includes P (P> 0) consecutive RBs.
  • a bandwidth part is related to a specific system parameter (numerology), which includes at least one of a subcarrier interval and a cyclic prefix (CP).
  • High-level signaling may refer to signaling sent by a high-level protocol layer, and the high-level protocol layer is at least one protocol layer above the physical layer.
  • the high-level protocol layer may specifically include at least one of the following protocol layers: a medium access control (MAC) layer, a radio link control (RLC) layer, and a packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence) protocol (PDCP) layer, radio resource control (RRC) layer and non-access stratum (NAS).
  • MAC medium access control
  • RLC radio link control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RRC radio resource control
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied to an LTE system or an NR system, and may also be applied to a next-generation mobile communication system or other similar communication systems.
  • the following first briefly introduces the current ACK / NACK feedback method in the NR standard, which mainly involves several aspects such as downlink HARQ-ACK timing, HARQ-ACK codebook determination, and PUCCH resource determination.
  • HARQ-ACK Timing K1 The current downlink transmission is scheduled through downlink control information (DCI).
  • the corresponding DCI formats include DCI format 1_0 and DCI format 1_1, and DCI format 1_0 is a fallback.
  • DCI format 1_1 is the normal mode.
  • the DCI format 1_0 and DCI format 1_1 both contain PDSCH-to-HARQ-timing bytes. This byte is generally three bits with a value of "000" to "111", indicating the PDSCH transmission slot and the corresponding ACK / The offset value between NACK transmission time slots.
  • the offset value is recorded as K1.
  • Which of the three bits specifically indicates the value of K1 is configured or predefined by RRC, for example, in normal mode.
  • the terminal device After receiving the DCI, the terminal device first obtains the time slot and the symbol information of the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI from the TimeDomainResourceAllocation byte included in the DCI, and then according to the PDSCH-to-HARQ-timing byte Obtain the value of K1, so as to know the time slot information of the ACK / NACK.
  • the determination of the HARQ-ACK codebook is specifically divided into two determination methods: a dynamic codebook and a semi-static codebook.
  • Dynamic codebook also known as type 2 HARQ codebook.
  • the terminal device detects the PDSCH at the monitoring timing of each downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH), and determines the detected PDCCH format 1_0 or PDCCH format according to the TimeDomainResourceAllocation byte and the PDSCH-to-HARQ-timing byte. In what time slot is the PDSCH scheduled for 1_1 transmission, and in which time slot does the corresponding ACK / NACK feedback be determined.
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • DCI formats 1_0 and DCI formats 1_1 also include downlink assignment indicator (DAI) information, and the terminal device can learn the ACK / NACK PDCCH that is detected twice and needs to be fed back in the same time slot based on the DAI information. In the meantime, several scheduled ACK / NACK PDCCHs that need to be fed back in the same time slot are missed.
  • DAI downlink assignment indicator
  • the determination of the codebook in the type 2 HARQ codebook is only based on the DAI information in the DCI, and does not consider the actual PDSCH scheduling information.
  • Semi-static codebook also known as type HARQ codebook.
  • the terminal device obtains the possible value set of K1 according to the high-level configuration, and then determines the time slot offset value from PDCCH to PDSCH according to the TimeDomainResourceAllocation table configured at the high-level, records it as K0, and determines the PDSCH time-domain position. Potential value set. Based on the above information, the terminal device can determine the maximum number of ACK / NACKs that need to be fed back in each time slot.
  • the terminal device can traverse all the values of K1 configured or predefined by the upper layer. Assuming that there are N values of K1, the terminal device can determine the time slot of the PDSCH according to the values of N K1. Collection.
  • the terminal device For each potential PDSCH time slot in turn (the value of K1 can be arranged from large to small), that is, for each time slot in the set of time slots where the determined PDSCH is located, the terminal device can traverse M types of high-level configurations
  • the value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation, each value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation corresponds to a slot offset value K0 and the PDSCH time domain location.
  • TimeDomainResourceAllocation For a value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation, if the time slot where the PDCCH is calculated according to K0 can be scheduled for the PDCCH (that is, according to the PDCCH detection period and offset configured by the higher layer, it can be determined that the time slot where the PDCCH belongs is a PDCCH detection time slot, and The downlink (DL) -uplink (UL) ratio of the time slot can ensure downlink transmission, and the corresponding PDSCH time domain position can be used for downlink transmission (that is, any time domain symbol of the PDSCH is not configured. Is the uplink symbol), then the PDSCH is considered as a candidate PDSCH occasion.
  • DL downlink
  • UL uplink
  • # 0 indicates the timing of the first PDSCH candidate, and so on.
  • the 16 candidate PDSCH timings are segmented, and the segmentation positions are shown by the vertical dotted lines in FIG. 2. After segmentation, four candidate PDSCH groups are obtained. It can be seen that the candidate PDSCH timings included in the four candidate PDSCH groups are ⁇ # 0, # 1, # 2, # 3, # 4, # 6. , # 12 ⁇ , ⁇ # 7, # 9, # 13 ⁇ , ⁇ # 5, # 8, # 10, # 14 ⁇ , ⁇ # 11, # 15 ⁇ .
  • each candidate PDSCH timing unit includes multiple candidate PDSCH timings, but the candidate PDSCH timings included in a candidate PDSCH timing unit overlap in the time domain, so The terminal device will only send at most one ACK / NACK for each candidate PDSCH, and will not send ACK / NACK for each candidate PDSCH timing.
  • the determination of the codebook in the type 1 HARQ codebook has little relationship with the DAI information in the DCI.
  • the DCI in the DCI has only 1 bit. When the value of the 1 bit is 0, it means that it is determined according to the above steps.
  • a semi-static codebook when the value of 1 bit is 1, a decision to perform a rollback process is performed in combination with other conditions.
  • the determination of the codebook in the type 1 HARQ codebook depends on the K1 value set (K1Set), the TimeDomainResourceAllocation value set, and the DL-UL ratio.
  • the third aspect is to determine the PUCCH resource of the transmission codebook. After determining the HARQ-ACK codebook in one time slot, the terminal device first determines the number of ACK / NCK bits that need to be fed back, that is, the payload size, and then selects a PUCCH resource set according to the payload size. ). Among them, each PUCCH resource set includes a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 32 PUCCH resources, and the terminal device is further based on the received ACK / NACK resource indicator (ACK / NCK resource indicator, ARI) in the PDCCH and the implicit indication method.
  • ACK / NCK resource indicator ACK / NCK resource indicator, ARI
  • the ARI is generally 3 bits. When the number of PUCCH resources in a PUCCH resource set is greater than 8, the PUCCH resources in the PUCCH resource set are divided into 8 subsets. The ARI can indicate which subset is selected and then use the PDCCH. Control element (CCE) index of the starting control channel to implicitly indicate which PUCCH resource in the subset is selected.
  • CCE Control element
  • the terminal device After selecting the PUCCH resource, the terminal device can send an ACK / NACK codebook through the PUCCH resource.
  • the 3GPP has determined in the NR standard that the ACK / NACK that is fed back within one slot needs to be jointly encoded into a HARQ-ACK codebook, and 1 PUCCH resource is used for feedback.
  • the subcarrier interval used for downlink transmission is 30kHz
  • the subcarrier interval used for uplink transmission is 15kHz.
  • the fastest ACK / NACK of PDSCH1 can be fed back at the start symbol of the second uplink time slot in Figure 1, but the fastest scheduled ACK / NACK of PDSCH2 is only Feedback can be made at the end of the second uplink time slot.
  • the ACK / NACK of PDSCH1 will be delayed for transmission.
  • the ACK / NACK of PDSCH1 can be timely feedback, the PDSCH1 retransmission It should occur at the position shown by " ⁇ ", but because the ACK / NACK of PDSCH1 is delayed, the retransmission of PDSCH1 can only occur at the position shown by " ⁇ ”. If the ACK / NACK of PDSCH1 is NACK, then The base station's retransmission of PDSCH1 will also be delayed accordingly. It can be seen that the current ACK / NACK feedback method has a great impact on the transmission delay of downlink data.
  • Compress / encode the ACK / NCK of the eMBB service such as performing an exclusive OR operation, and transmitting the compressed ACK / NCK bit of the URLLC service in the compressed bit field;
  • the above technology is mainly used to solve the problem of ACK / NCK transmission reliability of URLLC services, and has a small effect on reducing the delay of ACK / NCK transmission of URLLC services.
  • the ACK / NCK needs feedback of the start position and the end position within one time slot, respectively.
  • the above method still cannot guarantee that the ACK / NCK of the first PDSCH can get timely feedback.
  • the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application can effectively reduce the transmission delay of the feedback information, thereby reducing the transmission delay of the downlink data accordingly.
  • FIG. 3 is an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device is, for example, a base station.
  • the terminal device 1 is a television
  • the terminal device 5 is a mobile phone
  • the terminal device 6 is a smart printer. Wait.
  • the following describes the method for sending and receiving codebook information provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the method is applied to the application scenario shown in FIG. 3 as an example.
  • the network device described below can be implemented through The network device in FIG. 3 or a chip provided in the network device is implemented.
  • the terminal device described below may be implemented by a terminal device shown in FIG. 3 or a chip provided in the terminal device. See Figure 4 for a flowchart of the method.
  • the network device sends high-level signaling to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the high-level signaling from the network device.
  • the high-level signaling is, for example, RRC signaling, and various types of information can be configured through high-level signaling.
  • the information configured through high-level signaling may include one or more of the following:
  • Configuration 1 DL's subcarrier spacing (SCS) and UL's subcarrier spacing.
  • Configuration 2 Information of the PUCCH resource set used to carry ACK / NCK.
  • Configuration 3 ACK / NACK feedback granularity. For example, if you configure transport block (TB) as granular ACK / NCK feedback, it means that you do not need to perform codeword group (CBG) granular ACK / NCK feedback. ACK / NCK feedback with TB granularity is required. For example, through configuration 3, the number of TBs transmitted by one PDSCH is also configured. For example, the number is 1, that is, one PDSCH only carries one TB.
  • CBG codeword group
  • a parameter group is configured for each value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation, and a value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation corresponds to a candidate reception timing.
  • the candidate reception timing will be described later.
  • the parameter group configured for each of these values includes one or more parameters in parameter group A.
  • Parameter group A includes ⁇ TimeDomainResourceAllocation, K0, SLIV, PDSCH Mapping type, ACK / NCK Codebook ID ⁇ .
  • the values of some or all parameters in this parameter group will be different.
  • K0 represents PDCCH-to-PDSCH-timing, that is, the time slot offset value between PDCCH and PDSCH, which can also be called the timing offset value between PDSCH and PDCCH, which refers to the time unit of a PDSCH.
  • the start-length indicator value (SLIV) indicates the time domain position of the PDSCH, including the start symbol and the continuous length of the PDSCH.
  • PDSCH Mapping Type indicates whether the mapping type of the PDSCH is Type A or Type B, which is used to indicate The location of the demodulation reference signal (DMRS) in the PDSCH.
  • the HARQ-ACK CodebookID represents the codebook identification information of the HARQ-ACK codebook to which the ACK / NCK corresponding to the PDSCH belongs.
  • a network device may configure a PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table through high-level signaling.
  • the table may include 2 N rows, where N is the number of bits included in the TimeDomainResourceAllocation byte in the PDCCH configured through high-level signaling.
  • Each row of the table can be regarded as one item, and the table can include 2 N items, each of which corresponds to a value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation, and a value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation also corresponds to a candidate receiving opportunity. Therefore, the table configuration The values of the parameters in the parameter group corresponding to the 2 N candidate receiving timings are respectively shown.
  • the table may include at least one of the following parameters: the value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation, the mapping type of K0, SLIV, PDSCH, and codebook identification information.
  • the table includes at least the value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation, and other parameters may or may not be included, or the table includes at least SLIV, and other parameters may or may not be included.
  • the parameter corresponding to the first column of the table is TimeDomainResourceAllocation
  • the first column is the values of TimeDomainResourceAllocation, and these values are 0, 1, ..., 2 N -1.
  • the value of the TimeDomainResourceAllocation byte can be regarded as a parameter or an index.
  • the corresponding parameter in the second column of the table is K0
  • the second column is the value of K0, which is the value of PDCCH-to-PDSCH-Timing, which indicates the time unit (such as time slot) where a PDSCH is located and the The offset value of the number between the time units where the PDCCH of the PDSCH is located.
  • the corresponding parameter in the third column of the table is SLIV.
  • the third column is the value of SLIV.
  • the value of one SLIV corresponds to a unique start symbol + time domain length configuration.
  • the corresponding parameter in the fourth column of the table is the PDSCH mapping type, that is, the PDSCH mapping type.
  • the PDSCH mapping types include Type A and Type B. It is the time domain mapping position of the PDSCH in the PDSCH or the time unit where the PDSCH is located. .
  • the corresponding parameter in the fifth column of the table is the codebook identification information.
  • the correspondence between the columns of the table and the parameters is only an example, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. And, the table may also include other parameters, which are not listed here.
  • Configuration 7 the number and number of carriers (component carriers) used for downlink transmission, and the number of carriers used for uplink ACK / NCK feedback.
  • the network device may configure the terminal device through one high-level signaling, or may configure the terminal device through multiple high-level signaling.
  • S41 is an optional step, that is, it is not necessarily performed.
  • the network device sends at least one physical downlink data channel in the candidate receiving opportunity in the first time unit set, and the terminal device receives at least one physical downlink data channel from the network device in the candidate receiving opportunity in the first time unit set.
  • the time unit is, for example, a time slot, a subframe, a transmission time interval (TTI), a short transmission time interval (sTTI), etc.
  • TTI transmission time interval
  • sTTI short transmission time interval
  • the network device can configure some information for the terminal device, taking the time unit as an example.
  • the network device will configure the K1 value set for the terminal device, such as the value of K1.
  • the set includes P values, then P time units can be determined based on the P values.
  • the P time units are the time units where the PDSCH is located, and each time unit may include one or more candidate receptions. Timing, for example, P time units include a total of M candidate receiving occasions, and the ACK / NACK corresponding to the M candidate receiving occasions are all to be transmitted in slot n. Then, the P time units constitute a first time unit set, and the first time unit set includes M candidate receiving opportunities.
  • the candidate reception timing refers to the reception timing of the candidate PDSCH, that is, the candidate PDSCH occasion, which can be understood as the time domain position of the candidate PDSCH.
  • Candidate PDSCH Occasion is a possible PDSCH Occasion configured by higher layers.
  • One candidate receiving timing can receive one PDSCH, so it can be considered that the candidate receiving timing corresponds to the PDSCH one-to-one.
  • the M candidate receiving timings are divided into a first candidate receiving timing subset and a second candidate receiving timing subset according to the codebook identification information, where the codebook identification information includes the first codebook identification information and the second codebook identification information, The first candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the first codebook identification information, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information.
  • the codebook identification information is set for the candidate reception timing, then the candidate reception timing set with the first codebook identification information belongs to the subset of the first candidate reception timing, and the candidate reception of the second codebook identification information is set The timing belongs to the second candidate receiving timing subset. Therefore, by setting the codebook identification information, the candidate receiving timing can be divided into different candidate receiving timing subsets.
  • each of the candidate receiving opportunity subsets obtained by the division may include at least one candidate receiving opportunity.
  • the candidate receiving opportunities can be divided into different candidate receiving opportunity subsets, and the feedback information corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunities included in the different candidate receiving opportunity subsets is correspondingly divided into different groups, for example,
  • the feedback information corresponding to the candidate reception timing included in the first candidate reception timing subset is divided into a first group, the first group corresponds to the first codebook, and the feedback corresponding to the candidate reception timing included in the second candidate reception timing subset includes The information is divided into a first group, and the second group corresponds to a second codebook.
  • the codebook may also be referred to as an ACK / NACK codebook. Therefore, the codebook identification information may indicate to which codebook the ACK / NCK corresponding to a candidate receiving timing is assigned.
  • the codebook identification information may be set by a network device for a candidate receiving timing.
  • the value of the codebook identification information includes 0 and 1. If the value is 0, it means that the ACK / NCK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity for which the codebook identification information is set will be assigned to the first codebook. If the value is 1, it indicates that the ACK / NCK corresponding to the candidate receiving timing for which the codebook identification information is set will be assigned to the second codebook.
  • the manner of indicating the codebook identification information is not limited to this.
  • the network device may send at least one physical downlink data channel at a candidate receiving opportunity in a first time unit set in a downlink frequency unit, and the terminal device is the first in the downlink frequency unit.
  • the downlink frequency unit involved in this document is, for example, a carrier element (CC) or a bandwidth part (BWP).
  • CC carrier element
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • the embodiment of the present application describes the provided solution, only one downlink frequency unit is taken as an example.
  • the method in the embodiment of the present application can also be extended to a scenario of multiple downlink frequency units, such as a scenario of multiple carriers or multiple BWPs.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may also be applied.
  • each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a first parameter group
  • the first parameter group includes codebook identification information and includes at least one of the following information: physical downlink data channel and physical The timing offset between the downlink control channels, the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and the physical downlink data channel mapping type.
  • the physical downlink data channel is, for example, PDSCH
  • the physical downlink control channel is, for example, PDCCH. That is, the first parameter group includes codebook identification information, and further includes at least one of K0, SLIV, and PDSCH mapping types.
  • the first parameter group may include codebook identification information, and also include three types of K0, SLIV, and PDSCH mapping types, then the first parameter group includes codebook identification information, K0, SLIV, and PDSCH mapping types, or the first parameter The group may include codebook identification information, and also include two of K0, SLIV, and PDSCH mapping types.
  • the first parameter group includes codebook identification information, K0, and SLIV, or the first parameter group may include codebook identification information. And also includes one of K0, SLIV, and PDSCH mapping types.
  • the first parameter group includes codebook identification information and SLIV.
  • the PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table configured by the network device for the terminal device in S41 may include the parameters in the first parameter group. It can be seen that this example explicitly includes the codebook identification information in the parameter group corresponding to the candidate reception timing, so that the terminal device can clearly determine the correspondence between the codebook identification information and the candidate reception timing.
  • the PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table introduced above may include at least two parameters, and one of the at least two parameters is codebook identification information.
  • the PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table introduced above may include five columns. For the introduction of these five columns, refer to the foregoing. If TimeDomainResourceAllocation is regarded as a parameter, the first parameter group may include ⁇ TimeDomainResourceAllocation, K0, SLIV, PDSCH mapping type, codebook identification information ⁇ .
  • the first parameter group may include ⁇ K0, SLIV, PDSCH mapping type, codebook identification information ⁇
  • the value of a TimeDomainResourceAllocation byte corresponds to the first value of the first parameter group ⁇ K0, SLIV, PDSCH mapping, type, codebook identification information ⁇
  • the value of the codebook identification information may be 0 or 1. If 0 is taken, it indicates that the candidate receiving opportunity corresponding to the codebook identifying information belongs to the first candidate receiving opportunity subset, and also indicates that the candidate receiving opportunity corresponds to an ACK / NACK belongs to the first codebook.
  • each of the M candidate receiving occasions corresponds to a second parameter group
  • the second parameter group includes a physical downlink data channel mapping type and includes at least one of the following information: a physical downlink data channel The timing offset from the physical downlink control channel and the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel.
  • the codebook identification information corresponds to the physical downlink data channel mapping type.
  • the physical downlink data channel is, for example, PDSCH
  • the physical downlink control channel is, for example, PDCCH.
  • the second parameter group includes a PDSCH mapping type and also includes at least one of K0 and SLIV.
  • the second parameter group may include PDSCH mapping types, and also include K0 and SLIV.
  • the second parameter group includes PDSCH mapping types, K0, and SLIV, or the second parameter group may include PDSCH mapping types and K0.
  • SLIV for example, the second parameter group includes a PDSCH mapping type and SLIV.
  • the PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table configured by the network device for the terminal device in S41 may include the parameters in the second parameter group. It can be seen that this example does not explicitly include the codebook identification information in the parameter group corresponding to the candidate receiving timing, but establishes a corresponding relationship with some or all parameters in the parameter group, which can reduce the parameters included in the parameter group. quantity.
  • the codebook identification information is mapped to the physical downlink data channel mapping type.
  • the network device may determine the codebook identification information according to the physical downlink data channel mapping type. For example, if the physical downlink data channel mapping type is the same The candidate reception timing is divided into a subset of candidate reception timing.
  • the PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table introduced above may include at least two parameters, and one of the at least two parameters is a PDSCH mapping type.
  • the PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table introduced above may include four columns, that is, the fifth column corresponding to the codebook identification information described above is not included. The introduction of these four columns can refer to the previous article.
  • the second parameter group may include ⁇ TimeDomainResourceAllocation, K0, SLIV, PDSCH mapping type ⁇ , and if TimeDomainResourceAllocation is regarded as only an index, the first parameter group may include ⁇ K0, SLIV, PDSCH mapping type ⁇ , then the value of one TimeDomainResourceAllocation byte corresponds to the first value of the second parameter group ⁇ K0, SLIV, PDSCH mapping type ⁇ .
  • the correspondence between the PDSCH mapping type and the codebook identification information can also be configured in a high-level signaling or protocol pre-defined manner.
  • the The codebook identification information is 0, which indicates that the candidate receiving opportunity belongs to a subset of the first candidate receiving opportunity, and also indicates that the ACK / NCK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity belongs to the first codebook.
  • PDSCH mapping TypeB
  • the candidate receiving opportunity The codebook identification information is 1 and the candidate reception timing belongs to the second subset of candidate reception timings, which also indicates that the ACK / NCK corresponding to the candidate reception timing belongs to the second codebook.
  • each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a third parameter group
  • the third parameter group includes time domain location information of a physical downlink data channel, and may further include at least one of the following information: The timing offset between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel, and the physical downlink data channel mapping type.
  • the codebook identification information corresponds to the time-domain location information of the physical downlink data channel.
  • the physical downlink data channel is, for example, PDSCH
  • the physical downlink control channel is, for example, PDCCH. That is, the third parameter group includes SLIV and also includes at least one of K0 and PDSCH mapping types.
  • the third parameter group may include SLIV, and also include two types of K0 and PDSCH mapping, then the third parameter group includes PDSCH mapping type, K0, and SLIV, or the third parameter group may include SLIV, including K0 and PDSCH One of the mapping types, for example, the third parameter group includes K0 and SLIV.
  • the PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table configured by the network device for the terminal device in S41 may include the parameters in the third parameter group. It can be seen that this example does not explicitly include the codebook identification information in the parameter group corresponding to the candidate receiving timing, but establishes a corresponding relationship with some or all parameters in the parameter group, which can reduce the number of parameters included in the parameter group. The number of parameters.
  • the codebook identification information corresponds to the time-domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and may include at least one of the following two correspondences: 1.
  • the codebook identification information corresponds to the time domain length of the physical downlink data channel.
  • the codebook identification information may be corresponding to the number of the starting symbol of the physical downlink data channel, and then the network device may determine the codebook identification information according to the number of the starting symbol of the physical downlink data channel. For example, The candidate reception timings with the same or similar starting symbol numbers of the physical downlink data channel are divided into a subset of candidate reception timings.
  • the candidate reception timings with the starting symbols of the physical downlink data channel in the first half of the time slot are divided into first.
  • a subset of candidate reception timings, and the candidate reception timing of the physical downlink data channel starting symbol in the second half of the time slot is divided into a second subset of candidate reception timings, so the first codebook corresponding to the first candidate reception timing subset is also You can get more timely delivery.
  • the codebook identification information may be corresponding to the time domain length of the physical downlink data channel, and then the network device may determine the codebook identification information according to the time domain length of the physical downlink data channel.
  • Candidate reception opportunities with time-domain lengths of the downlink data channel greater than the preset length threshold are divided into a first candidate receiving subset, and candidate reception opportunities with time-domain lengths of the physical downlink data channel less than or equal to the preset length threshold are divided into the second Candidate receiving subset.
  • the physical downlink data channel may indicate that it is more important data or more urgent data.
  • the code corresponding to the more important or urgent data can be made. This book is sent separately to improve transmission reliability.
  • the number of the symbol can be understood as the index of the symbol.
  • the "symbols" herein are, for example, orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols.
  • the codebook identification information corresponds to the number of the starting symbol of the physical downlink data channel
  • one implementation method is that in the PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table introduced above, four columns can be included, that is, not included
  • the fifth column corresponding to the codebook identification information introduced in the foregoing section can be referred to the previous section for the introduction of these four columns.
  • the parameter X is configured in a high-level signaling or protocol pre-defined manner, and the correspondence between the number of the start symbol of the PDSCH and the codebook identification information is predefined in the high-level signaling or protocol.
  • the codebook identification information of the candidate receiving opportunity is 0, indicating that the candidate receiving opportunity belongs to the first subset of candidate receiving opportunities, and also indicates that the ACK / NCK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity belongs to the first code.
  • the codebook identification information of the candidate receiving opportunity is 1, which indicates that the candidate receiving opportunity belongs to a second subset of candidate receiving opportunities, and also indicates the ACK / NCK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity. Belongs to the second codebook.
  • the correspondence between the number of the PDSCH start symbol and the codebook identification information is not limited to this. When the number of the PDSCH start symbol is equal to X, does it mean that the corresponding codebook identification information is 0 or 1, this application The examples are not limited.
  • one implementation method is to include four columns in the PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table introduced above, that is, not including
  • the fifth column corresponding to the codebook identification information introduced in the foregoing section can be referred to the previous section for the introduction of these four columns.
  • the parameter Y is configured in a high-level signaling or protocol pre-defined manner, and the correspondence between the time domain length of the PDSCH and the codebook identification information is pre-defined in high-level signaling or protocol.
  • the codebook identification information of the candidate receiving opportunity is 0, which indicates that the candidate receiving opportunity belongs to a subset of the first candidate receiving opportunity, and also indicates that the ACK / NCK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity belongs to the first codebook.
  • the starting time domain length is greater than Y
  • the codebook identification information of the candidate receiving opportunity is 1, which indicates that the candidate receiving opportunity belongs to the second candidate receiving opportunity subset, and also indicates that the ACK / NCK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity belongs to the second codebook.
  • the correspondence between the time domain length of the PDSCH and the codebook identification information is not limited to this. When the time domain length of the PDSCH is equal to Y, whether the corresponding codebook identification information is 0 or 1 is not used in this embodiment of the present application. limit.
  • the terminal device generates a feedback information codebook according to the receiving status of at least one physical downlink data channel.
  • the feedback information codebook includes a first codebook and a second codebook.
  • the first codebook corresponds to a first subset of candidate reception opportunities.
  • the second codebook corresponds to a second subset of candidate timings.
  • the M candidate receiving opportunities are divided into a first candidate receiving opportunity subset and a second candidate receiving opportunity subset.
  • Each of the candidate receiving opportunity subsets may include at least one candidate receiving opportunity, then one candidate The ACK / NACK corresponding to the candidate reception opportunities included in the subset of reception timings can be regarded as a group, and the ACK / NACK corresponding to the candidate reception opportunities included in the first candidate reception timing subset can be regarded as the first group, and the second The ACK / NACK corresponding to the candidate reception timing included in the candidate reception timing subset can be regarded as the second group, then, the first group of ACK / NACK constitutes the first codebook, and the second group of ACK / NACK constitutes the second codebook.
  • a splitting method may be adopted.
  • the splitting method refer to the foregoing description of the semi-static codebook method.
  • An introduction to time slot segmentation After segmentation, a time slot can be segmented into at least one group, where each group actually includes at least one candidate reception opportunity, but a group of candidate reception opportunities corresponds to only one ACK / NACK, thereby determining the need
  • the number of feedback ACK / NACKs, and the value set of K1 indicates how many PDSCH slots are in total, so that the number of ACK / NACKs corresponding to the first candidate reception timing subset and the second candidate can be determined respectively.
  • the terminal device can then generate the first codebook and the second codebook according to the actual reception situation of the PDSCH.
  • the terminal device sends the first codebook and / or the second codebook in the second time unit. If the terminal device sends the first codebook in the second time unit, the network device receives the first codebook from the terminal in the second time unit. The first codebook of the device. If the terminal device sends the second codebook in the second time unit, the network device receives the second codebook from the terminal device in the second time unit, and the second time unit is integrated with the first time unit. There is a first association relationship. In FIG. 4, the terminal device sends the first codebook and the second codebook in the second time unit, and the network device receives the first codebook and the second codebook in the second time unit as an example.
  • the network device can configure some information for the terminal device, taking the time unit as an example.
  • time slot n for example, the network device will configure the K1 value set for the terminal device, such as the value of K1.
  • the set includes P values, then P time units can be determined according to the P values.
  • P time units constitute the first time unit set, and the time slot n is used to send the P time units.
  • the time unit of the ACK / NACK corresponding to the PDSCH transmitted in the middle that is, the second time unit. Therefore, it is considered that there is an association relationship between the second time unit and the first time unit set.
  • This association relationship is referred to as the first association relationship.
  • the first association relationship is determined by a high-level configuration or a predefined value set of K1.
  • the first association relationship may be considered as a semi-static correspondence relationship between the first time unit set and the second time unit configured or predefined by high-level signaling.
  • the higher-level signaling configuration or pre-defined timing offset value between PDSCH and the corresponding ACK / NCK that is, the possible value set of PDSCH-to-HARQ-Timing, that is, the value of K1 Value set
  • the difference between the number of the second time unit and the number of any time unit included in the first time unit set should belong to the K1 value set.
  • this article also relates to the second association relationship.
  • the second association relationship refers to the correspondence relationship between the physical downlink data channel and the second time unit, which is different from the first association relationship that is semi-static.
  • the second association relationship is a dynamic correspondence relationship, that is, the second association relationship refers to a dynamic correspondence relationship between a physical downlink data channel and a second time unit. There is also a corresponding relationship between the physical downlink data channel and a subset of candidate reception timings.
  • the second association relationship can also be regarded as the association relationship between the subset of candidate reception timings and the second time unit, for example, the first candidate A second association relationship may exist between the subset of receiving timings and the second time unit, and a second association relationship may also exist between the second subset of receiving timings and the second time unit.
  • the second association relationship can be understood as: For the first subset of candidate reception timings, at least one of the first candidate reception timings satisfies the PDCCH scheduling the first candidate reception timings.
  • the terminal device successfully detects, and the timing offset value (that is, the value of K1) between the PDSCH indicated by the PDSCH-to-HARQ-Timing byte in the first subsequent reception timing and the corresponding ACK / NCK is equal to the second time unit
  • the timing offset value that is, the value of K1
  • the terminal device receives the third physical downlink control channel
  • the third physical downlink data channel scheduled by the third physical downlink control channel belongs to the first subset of candidate timings
  • the third physical downlink control channel indicates the third physical downlink control channel.
  • the feedback information corresponding to the physical downlink data channel is sent in the second time unit, it is considered that there is a second association relationship between the first candidate receiving timing subset and the second time unit.
  • the terminal device does not receive the scheduled physical downlink data channel belonging to the first candidate reception timing subset, and the feedback information corresponding to the indicated scheduled physical downlink data channel is sent in the second time unit Physical downlink control channel, then there is no second association between the first candidate reception timing subset and the second time unit.
  • a second association between the first candidate receiving opportunity subset and the second time unit means that the terminal device detects that a PDCCH # m schedules the PDSCH # n, and the PDSCH # n belongs to the first candidate receiving opportunity subset. And the ACK / NCK of PDSCH # n indicated by the PDSCH-to-HARQ-Timing byte in PDCCH # m is fed back on the second time unit.
  • the second association relationship can be understood as: For the second candidate receiving opportunity subset, at least one of the second candidate receiving opportunities satisfies the PDCCH scheduling the second candidate receiving opportunity.
  • the terminal device successfully detected the timing offset between the PDSCH indicated by the PDSCH-to-HARQ-Timing byte in the second candidate reception timing and the corresponding ACK / NCK (that is, the value of K1) is equal to the second time
  • the terminal device receives the fourth physical downlink control channel
  • the physical downlink data channels scheduled by the fourth physical downlink control channel belong to the second subset of candidate timings
  • the fourth physical downlink control channel indicates the fourth physical downlink.
  • the feedback information corresponding to the data channel is sent in the second time unit, it is considered that there is a second association relationship between the second candidate receiving opportunity subset and the second time unit.
  • the terminal device does not receive the scheduled physical downlink data channel belonging to the second candidate receiving opportunity subset and the feedback information corresponding to the indicated scheduled physical downlink data channel is sent in the second time unit Physical downlink control channel
  • the second candidate receiving timing subset does not have a second association relationship with the second time unit.
  • a second association between the second candidate receiving opportunity subset and the second time unit means that the terminal device detects that a PDCCH # f schedules the PDSCH # h, and the PDSCH # h belongs to the second candidate receiving opportunity subset. And the ACK / NCK of PDSCH # h indicated by the PDSCH-to-HARQ-Timing byte in PDCCH # f is fed back on the second time unit.
  • the ACK / NACK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunities included in the first candidate receiving opportunity subset constitutes the first codebook, and the first codebook is to be transmitted in the second time unit.
  • the first candidate receiving opportunity subset is related to the second time unit.
  • the ACK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunities included in the second candidate receiving opportunity subset. / NACK constitutes the second codebook, and the second codebook is to be transmitted in the second time unit. Therefore, there is also an association relationship between the second candidate receiving opportunity subset and the second time unit, and this association relationship is semi-static The corresponding relationship is not a dynamic second association relationship.
  • this article in addition to the configuration of high-level signaling, this article also needs to consider the actual situation, that is, the dynamic situation. For example, for a candidate receiving opportunity in the first candidate receiving opportunity subset, although according to the configuration of high-level signaling, the ACK / NACK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity needs to be sent in the second time unit, but it is The indication of the PDCCH of the candidate receiving opportunity. The ACK / NACK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity is not sent in the second time unit, but is sent in other time units. Then there is no longer an association between the candidate receiving opportunity and the second time unit. Relationship, then this article considers that there is no dynamic association relationship between the candidate receiving opportunity and the second time unit, that is, there is no second association relationship.
  • the candidate reception timing subset may be considered to have a second connection relation.
  • the terminal device is at the first
  • the first codebook is sent in two time units, and the second codebook is not sent in the second time unit.
  • the network device receives the first codebook in the second time unit, but does not receive the second codebook in the second time unit.
  • the terminal device does not send the codebook, and it can also be described as the terminal device muting the codebook.
  • the terminal device does not send the second codebook, which can be described as the terminal device muting the second codebook.
  • the terminal device sends the encoded first codebook, and the network device receives the encoded first codebook.
  • the terminal device independently encodes the first codebook.
  • the terminal device at the second time sends the second codebook without sending the first codebook at the second time unit, and the network device receives the second codebook at the second time unit instead of the first codebook at the second time unit.
  • the terminal device sends the encoded second codebook, and the network device receives the encoded second codebook.
  • the terminal device independently encodes the second codebook.
  • the terminal device sends the first For a codebook and / or a second codebook
  • the network device receives the codebook sent by the terminal device in the second time unit, which may be the first codebook and / or the second codebook.
  • the terminal device sends the independently encoded first codebook and / or the independently encoded second codebook
  • the network device receives the independently encoded first codebook and / or the independently encoded second codebook.
  • the terminal device encodes the first codebook and the second codebook independently.
  • the terminal device may also send the first and second codebooks after joint coding, and then the network device also receives the first and second codebooks after joint coding, that is, the terminal device pair
  • the first codebook and the second codebook are jointly coded.
  • the terminal device sends the codebook, in addition to the information of the high-level configuration, it also considers the actual situation, making the codebook transmission more efficient and reasonable.
  • the physical uplink channel is, for example, a physical uplink control channel, such as PUCCH, or it may also be a physical uplink data channel, such as a physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel). PUSCH).
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the terminal device first selects one of the PUCCH resource sets according to the number of bits in the first codebook, and then determines which PUCCH is selected from the PUCCH resource set according to the ARI in a received PDCCH, or according to the ARI and the implicit indication method.
  • the resource sends the first codebook, where this PDCCH refers to the last PDSCH scheduled in the PDCCH successfully detected by the terminal device belongs to the first subset of candidate timings, and the corresponding ACK / NACK is fed back in the second time unit.
  • One PDCCH is used for the second codebook, the manner in which the terminal device selects the physical uplink channel is the same, and will not be described in detail.
  • the terminal device chooses to carry the first codebook through the first physical uplink channel and to carry the second codebook through the second physical uplink channel. Then when sending the codebook, if the first physical uplink channel and the second physical uplink channel overlap in the time domain within the second time unit, and the terminal device continues to carry the first codebook through the first physical uplink channel, And carrying the second codebook through the second physical uplink channel, it is clear that the two will interfere with each other and may cause at least one of the codebooks to fail to be transmitted. Therefore, it is necessary to consider that the first physical uplink channel and the second physical uplink channel are in the second In the time unit, is there any overlap in the time domain?
  • sending the first codebook and / or the second codebook in the second time unit may include: carrying the first physical uplink channel of the first codebook and carrying the second codebook. Sending the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel and the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel if the time domain of the second physical uplink channel does not overlap in the second time unit; and / or, When the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlap in time domain in the second time unit, the first codebook is sent on the first physical uplink channel, or The second physical uplink channel sends a second codebook.
  • the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook do not overlap in time domain in the second time unit
  • the first codebook is transmitted on the first physical uplink channel
  • the second physical uplink channel sends the second codebook, or the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlap in time domain in the second time unit, and in the first physical unit Send the first codebook on the uplink channel, or send the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel.
  • the terminal device may The uplink channel sends the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel sends the second codebook. At this time, the independently coded first codebook and the independently coded second codebook are sent, and the network device passes the first codebook.
  • the physical uplink channel receives an independently encoded first codebook and the second physical uplink channel receives an independently encoded second codebook.
  • the processing method of the terminal device includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal device can directly send the independently encoded first on the first physical uplink channel.
  • the codebook and the independently-coded second codebook are sent on the second physical uplink channel, and the network device receives the independently-coded first codebook through the first physical uplink channel and obtains the independently-coded second codebook through the second physical uplink channel.
  • the codebook is shown in Figure 5A.
  • the first physical uplink channel uses the first PUCCH as an example
  • the second physical uplink channel uses the second PUCCH as an example.
  • the third physical uplink channel may include a PUCCH resource that carries other uplink control information (uplink control information, UCI), such as channel state information (CSI) or scheduling request (SR), or that carries uplink data.
  • UCI uplink control information
  • CSI channel state information
  • SR scheduling request
  • the terminal device may change the second code. This carries the third physical uplink channel for joint transmission. Then, the network device may receive the independently encoded first codebook on the first physical uplink channel, and receive the jointly encoded second codebook and the information originally carried on the third physical uplink channel on the third physical uplink channel.
  • the terminal device may change the second code. This carries the third physical uplink channel for joint transmission. Then, the network device may receive the independently encoded first codebook on the first physical uplink channel, and receive the jointly encoded second codebook and the information originally carried on the third physical uplink channel on the third physical uplink channel.
  • another implementation method is that the second physical uplink channel and the third physical uplink channel overlap in the time domain, and then the terminal device sends the first codebook after the independent coding on the first physical uplink channel. And you can choose to send one of the second physical uplink channel and the third physical uplink channel and silence the other. For example, if the terminal device sends the second physical uplink channel and the third physical uplink channel is silent, the network device can The physical uplink channel receives the independently encoded first codebook, and receives the independently encoded second codebook on the second physical uplink channel, or receives the uplink information on the third physical uplink channel.
  • the first physical uplink channel uses the first PUCCH as an example
  • the second physical uplink channel uses the second PUCCH as an example.
  • the terminal device performs priority processing or fallback processing.
  • the terminal device determines the priorities of the first codebook and the second codebook, assuming that the first codebook has a higher priority. At this time, the terminal device independently encodes the first codebook, and sends the independently encoded first codebook on the first physical uplink channel, and the terminal device encodes the information carried by the second codebook and the third physical uplink channel.
  • the network device receives the independently encoded first codebook on the first physical uplink channel, and receives the jointly encoded second codebook and the third physical uplink channel information originally carried on the fourth physical uplink channel.
  • the priorities of the first codebook and the second codebook may be configured by a network device through high-level signaling, or may be predefined by a protocol.
  • the first physical uplink channel uses the first PUCCH as an example
  • the second physical uplink channel uses the second PUCCH as an example.
  • the terminal device sends an independently coded first codebook through the first physical uplink channel, and sends the independently coded second codebook through the second physical uplink channel, and silences the third physical uplink channel, or the terminal device sends the third The physical uplink channel and silence the first physical uplink channel and the second physical uplink channel, or the terminal device sends an independently encoded first codebook through the first physical uplink channel, and silences the second physical uplink channel and the third physical uplink channel, Alternatively, the terminal device sends an independently encoded second codebook through the second physical uplink channel, and silences the first physical uplink channel and the third physical uplink channel.
  • the fourth physical uplink channel is, for example, PUCCH or PUSCH.
  • the fourth physical uplink channel may be one of the second physical uplink channel and the third physical uplink channel; or, the third physical uplink channel is PUCCH, and the third physical uplink channel carries CSI, and the fourth physical uplink channel may be a PUCCH resource determined according to the total number of bits of the second codebook and CSI; or the third physical uplink channel is PUSCH, and the fourth physical uplink channel It may be the third physical uplink channel, and at this time, the fourth physical uplink channel always overlaps with the first physical uplink channel.
  • the terminal device can mute the third physical uplink channel, send an independently encoded first codebook on the first physical uplink channel, and When the independently coded second codebook is transmitted on the two physical uplink channels, the network device receives the independently coded first codebook on the first physical uplink channel and the independently coded second codebook on the second physical uplink channel.
  • the terminal device may jointly encode information (such as SR, CSI, or uplink data) carried by the first codebook, the second codebook, and the third physical uplink channel, and according to the third The type of information carried by the physical uplink channel, and / or the total number of bits of information carried by the first codebook, the second codebook, and the third physical uplink channel.
  • a fifth physical uplink channel is determined, and the fifth physical uplink channel is determined.
  • the first physical uplink channel uses the first PUCCH as an example
  • the second physical uplink channel uses the second PUCCH as an example.
  • the previous embodiment describes the case where the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook do not overlap in the time domain in the second time unit.
  • An embodiment is described below. , Is the case where the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlap in the time domain in the second time unit, where, as described above, the first The processing method of a case where a physical uplink channel and a second physical uplink channel carrying a second codebook do not overlap in the time domain in a second time unit is the same as that described below for the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and The processing method for the case where the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlaps in the time domain in the second time unit.
  • the two methods may coexist, or only one of the processing methods may be selected.
  • the terminal device may send the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel.
  • the second codebook is not sent on the second physical uplink channel, or the terminal device does not send the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel, and does not send the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel.
  • the terminal device sends the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel, the first codebook after independent encoding is sent, and the network device receives the first codebook after independent encoding.
  • the physical uplink channel sends the second codebook
  • the independently coded second codebook is sent, and the network device receives the independently coded second codebook.
  • the terminal device may also perform the first codebook and the second code Perform joint coding, and determine the sixth physical uplink channel according to the total number of bits of the first codebook and the second codebook, and transmit the jointly coded information of the first codebook and the second codebook on the sixth physical uplink channel , Then the network device receives the first codebook and the second codebook after joint coding on the sixth physical uplink channel.
  • the terminal device performs priority processing or fallback processing.
  • the terminal device selects a codebook with a higher priority from the first codebook and the second codebook.
  • the priority information of the codebook can be configured by the network device through high-level signaling or predefined by the protocol.
  • the codebook identification information corresponds to the PDSCH mapping type, and the codebook corresponding to the PDSCH mapping typeB has a higher priority; for example, the codebook identification information corresponds to the PDSCH time domain length, for example, the PDSCH time domain length is less than Or equal to Y corresponds to the first codebook, and the PDSCH time domain length is greater than Y corresponds to the second codebook, and the first codebook can be predefined to have a higher priority.
  • the terminal device will send a high-priority codebook on the corresponding physical uplink channel, and silence or stop sending another codebook on another physical uplink channel, that is, the terminal device sends on the first physical uplink channel. If the first codebook does not send the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel, the network device receives the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel and does not receive the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel. If the two physical uplink channels send the second codebook and the first physical uplink channel does not send the first codebook, the network device receives the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel and does not receive the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel. As shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device sends the first codebook and silences the second codebook.
  • the first physical uplink channel uses the first PUCCH as an example
  • the second physical uplink channel uses the second PUCCH as an example.
  • the terminal device generates a third codebook according to the first codebook and the second codebook.
  • the third codebook is obtained by concatenating the first codebook and the second codebook.
  • the terminal device determines the seventh physical uplink channel according to the load size of the third codebook and the detected ARI information in the PDCCH, and sends the third codebook using the seventh physical uplink channel, as shown in FIG. 6B.
  • the first physical uplink channel uses the first PUCCH as an example
  • the second physical uplink channel uses the second PUCCH as an example
  • the seventh physical uplink channel uses the seventh PUCCH as an example.
  • the number of bits of the codebook is needed.
  • the number of bits in the first codebook can be determined by the maximum number of non-time-domain overlapping candidate reception opportunities in the first candidate receiving opportunity subset, and the number of bits in the second codebook can be determined by the second candidate receiving opportunity subset.
  • the maximum number of non-time-domain overlapping candidate reception opportunities is determined. For example, for single-carrier downlink transmission or single BWP downlink transmission, the number of bits in the first codebook is equal to the non-time-domain overlapping candidates in the first candidate reception timing subset.
  • the maximum number of reception timings, and the number of bits in the second codebook are equal to the maximum number of non-time-domain overlapping candidate reception timings in the second candidate reception timing subset. That is, in a subset of candidate reception opportunities, the candidate reception opportunities that overlap in the time domain are divided into multiple candidate reception units, and each candidate reception unit includes multiple candidate reception opportunities that overlap in the time domain. These The candidate reception timings with overlapping time domains cannot be transmitted at the same time, so only one corresponding ACK / NACK is needed.
  • this description in this article is based on the example that the first time unit set belongs to one downlink frequency unit. If the first time unit set belongs to multiple downlink frequency units, for each downlink frequency unit, the method described in this article can be used. Determine the number of bits in the codebook.
  • NR is currently discussing that downlink terminal equipment can superimpose transmission or preempt transmission. That is, when the network device has scheduled a PDSCH resource for the terminal device, for example, PDSCH 1 corresponding to PDCCH 1 for transmitting eMBB services, but the emergency URLLC service of the terminal device arrives later, the network device will A new PDSCH resource is scheduled in a part overlapping with the PDSCH time domain, for example, PDSCH 2, corresponding to PDCCH 2, PDCCH 2 is later in time than PDCCH 1, and PDSCH 2 is used to carry URLLC services.
  • PDSCH 2 can be considered for superimposed transmission with PDSCH 1, especially when the frequency domains of the two do not overlap, or the network device can only transmit PDSCH 2 and stop transmitting PDSCH 1, at least when transmission stops overlapping with PDSCH 2 PDSCH on the domain symbol.
  • the terminal device in this article uses the segmentation method when determining the codebook, that is, in a time unit, if there are multiple candidate receiving opportunities that overlap in the time domain, these multiple Opportunities for receiving candidates are likely to be divided into a group. For this group, the terminal device only transmits one ACK / NACK, and does not transmit ACK / NACK for each candidate receiving opportunity. This obviously overlaps with the above. The process of transmission is contradictory.
  • the candidate reception timings with overlapping time domains may only be counted once, that is, the time domain within the unit when it is divided into 1 PDSCH reception.
  • the overlapping multiple candidate reception timings will only generate one ACK / NACK.
  • the network device may set different codebook identification information for candidate receiving timings that originally belonged to a receiving unit, so as to assign the original Candidate receiving opportunities with overlapping domains are assigned to different subsets of candidate receiving opportunities, and different codebooks corresponding to different candidate receiving opportunity subsets are different, which is equivalent to assigning candidate receivers that originally belong to a receiving unit with overlapping time domains.
  • the ACK / NACK corresponding to the timing is assigned to different codebooks.
  • the first candidate reception timing subset includes the first candidate reception timing
  • the second candidate reception timing subset includes the second candidate reception timing
  • the candidate reception time unit of and the candidate reception time unit to which the second candidate reception opportunity belongs may overlap in the time domain. Therefore, ACK / NACKs can also be generated and fed back for candidate receiving opportunities that originally belong to a unit that overlaps the time domain, so that the granularity of the feedback ACK / NACK can be finer, and the feedback result can accurately reflect more The reception status of the PDSCH transmitted in the candidate reception timing.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a specific method for sending and receiving codebook information.
  • the method shown in FIG. 7 is a specific example of the method for sending and receiving codebooks shown in FIG. 4.
  • the network device sends high-level signaling to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the high-level signaling from the network device.
  • the high-level signaling is, for example, RRC signaling, and the high-level signaling in S71 may be one signaling or multiple signalings.
  • the information configured by the network device for the terminal device includes:
  • Configuration 1 DL's subcarrier spacing (SCS) and UL's subcarrier spacing.
  • SCS subcarrier spacing
  • UL subcarrier spacing
  • the SCS of DL and SCS of UL are both 15kHz.
  • Configuration 2 Information of the PUCCH resource set used to carry ACK / NCK.
  • Configuration 3 feedback granularity of ACK / NACK, for example, configure ACK / NCK feedback with transmission block (TB) as granularity, then it means that there is no need to perform ACK / NCK feedback with CBG as granularity, only TB with ACK as granularity / NCK feedback.
  • the number of TBs transmitted by one PDSCH is also configured. For example, the number is 1, that is, one PDSCH only carries one TB.
  • the value set of K1 is ⁇ 2,4,6 ⁇ .
  • the second time unit corresponding to the value set of K1 is time slot n, that is, the first time unit set includes three first time units. Taking the time unit as a time slot as an example, the first time unit set includes The three timeslots are timeslot n-2, timeslot n-4, and timeslot n-6.
  • the length of the TimeDomainResourceAllocation in the PDCCH is 4 bits, and corresponding first parameter groups are respectively configured for 16 types of values.
  • the first parameter group is ⁇ K0, SLIV, PDSCH Mapping type, codebook identification information ⁇ .
  • codebook identification information 0 and 1 are configured through high-level signaling, where codebook identification information 0 corresponds to PDSCH Mapping Type A, and codebook identification information 1 corresponds to PDSCH Mapping Type B.
  • the specific configuration of SLIV, PDSCH Mapping Type, and codebook identification information is shown in Figure 8, where #n indicates that the PDSCH corresponds to TimeDomainResourceAllocation value n, and the number in parentheses () after #n indicates that one
  • the identification of the candidate reception unit after segmenting the candidate reception opportunities in the slot that is, as described above, segmenting a time slot will obtain at least one candidate reception unit, and each candidate reception unit Including at least one candidate reception timing, and for one candidate reception timing of the unit, the terminal device only sends one ACK / NACK).
  • segmentation and grouping of candidate reception timings are required to determine the number of bits of the first codebook and the number of bits of the second codebook, respectively.
  • the network device sends the PDCCH 1 to the terminal device on the time slot # (n-6), and the terminal device receives the PDCCH 1 from the network device on the time slot # (n-6).
  • PDCCH1 is used to schedule PDSCH1 in this time slot, corresponding to # 0 in FIG. 8, the PDSCH mapping type is TypeA, the corresponding codebook identification information is 0, and ARI is "000".
  • the terminal device successfully receives PDCCH 1 and decodes PDSCH 1 successfully, and the terminal device generates ACK1.
  • the network device sends the PDCCH 2 to the terminal device on the time slot # (n-4), and the terminal device receives the PDCCH 2 from the network device on the time slot # (n-4).
  • PDCCH 2 is used to schedule PDSCH 2 in this time slot, corresponding to # 13 in FIG. 8, the PDSCH mapping type is Type B, the corresponding codebook identification information is 1, and ARI is "001".
  • the terminal device if the terminal device successfully receives the PDCCH 2 but fails to decode the PDSCH 2, the terminal device generates a NACK 2.
  • the network device sends the PDCCH 3 to the terminal device on the time slot # (n-2), and the terminal device receives the PDCCH 3 from the network device on the time slot # (n-2).
  • PDCCH 3 is used to schedule PDSCH 3 in this time slot, corresponding to # 1 in FIG. 8, the PDSCH mapping type is Type A, the corresponding codebook identification information is 0, and ARI is "010".
  • another candidate receiving opportunity of the network device on the slot # (n-2) sends the PDCCH 4 to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the PDCCH 4 from the network device on the slot # (n-2).
  • PDCCH 4 is used to schedule PDSCH 4 in this time slot, corresponding to # 12 in FIG. 8, the PDSCH mapping type is Type B, the corresponding codebook identification information is 1, and ARI is "001".
  • PDSCH 3 and PDSCH 4 overlap in the time domain, and may or may not overlap in the frequency domain.
  • the terminal device successfully receives PDCCH 3, but fails to decode PDSCH 3, the terminal device generates NACK 3 for PDSCH 3, and the terminal device successfully receives PDCCH 4, and decodes PDSCH 4 successfully, then the terminal device generates ACK 4.
  • the terminal device Prior to time slot #n, the terminal device completes the process of determining a subset of candidate receiving opportunities, generating a first codebook and a second codebook, and determining a physical uplink channel.
  • the terminal device groups PDSCH 1 to 4 according to the value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation of PDSCH 1-4, specifically, the value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation indicates the value of the codebook identification information.
  • PDSCH 1 The codebook identification information for PDSCH 3 is 0, and PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 3 are divided into the first group. That is, the candidate reception timings corresponding to PDSCH1 and the candidate reception timings corresponding to PDSCH3 are divided into a subset of candidate reception timings.
  • One group is referred to as group A.
  • group A is a subset of the first candidate reception timing.
  • the codebook identification information of PDSCH 2 and PDSCH 4 is 1.
  • the PDSCH 2 and PDSCH 4 are divided into the second group, that is, the candidate reception corresponding to PDSCH 2.
  • the timing and the candidate reception timing corresponding to PDSCH4 are divided into another subset of candidate reception timings, and the second group is referred to as group B, and group B is, for example, the second candidate reception timing subset.
  • the potential PDSCH time slots are # (n-6), # (n-4), and # (n-2).
  • the candidate receiving timing corresponding to the codebook identification information 0 corresponds to only one candidate receiving unit. Therefore, only one ACK / NACK is generated for each potential PDSCH slot. Therefore, the codebook of group A, that is, The first codebook is ⁇ ACK1, X, NACK3 ⁇ , where X represents the ACK / NACK corresponding to the unit when a potential candidate is received on slot # (n-4), and can be set to NACK.
  • the potential PDSCH time slots are # (n-6), # (n-4), and # (n-2).
  • the candidate receiving timing corresponding to the codebook identification information 1 corresponds to 4 candidate receiving units. Therefore, for each potential PDSCH slot, 4 ACK / NACKs are generated, respectively corresponding to the candidate receiving unit (# 4, # 6, # 12), (# 7, # 9, # 13), (# 5, # 8, # 10, # 14), and (# 11, # 15).
  • the codebook of group B that is, the second codebook is ⁇ (Y, Y, Y, Y), (Y, NCK2, Y, Y), (ACK4, Y, Y, Y) ⁇ , where Y represents The ACK / NACK corresponding to the crew when the candidate reception of the PDSCH is not received may be set to NACK.
  • # 1 and # 12 are assigned to a candidate reception unit in a time slot. If according to the existing technology, only one ACK / will be fed back for the two candidate reception opportunities of # 1 and # 12. NACK, but in this embodiment, the network device sets the codebook identification information 0 for # 1, and sets the codebook identification information 1 for # 12, that is, the set is different for the candidate receivers that overlap in the time domain. Codebook identification information, so that the ACK / NACKs corresponding to candidate reception opportunities # 1 and # 12 that originally belonged to a unit at the time of reception and overlap in time domain are allocated to different codebooks. Candidates with overlapping time domains within the crew can separately generate ACK / NACK and provide feedback, making the granularity of the feedback ACK / NACK finer, and the feedback result can accurately reflect the reception of PDSCH transmitted in more candidate reception occasions. status.
  • the second PUCCH resource set may be selected, and then based on the ARI in the last DCI being "010", it is determined that the third PUCCH resource in the second PUCCH resource set is selected to transmit the first codebook.
  • the third PUCCH resource set may be selected, and then based on the ARI in the last DCI being "001", it is determined that the second PUCCH resource in the third PUCCH resource set is selected to transmit the second codebook.
  • the terminal device sends the first codebook on the third PUCCH resource in the second PUCCH resource set, and sends the second codebook on the second PUCCH resource in the third PUCCH resource set.
  • Codebook the terminal device receives the first codebook from the terminal device on the third PUCCH resource in the second PUCCH resource set in slot #n, and the second one in the third PUCCH resource set A second codebook from the terminal device is received on the PUCCH resource.
  • the first PUCCH from left to right in FIG. 9 is the third PUCCH resource in the second PUCCH resource set
  • the second PUCCH is the second PUCCH in the third PUCCH resource set.
  • PUCCH resources the terminal device sends the independently encoded first codebook and the independently encoded second codebook, and the network device receives the independently encoded first codebook and the independently encoded second codebook.
  • the third PUCCH resource in the second PUCCH resource set and the second PUCCH resource in the third PUCCH resource set do not overlap in the time domain in the time slot n, so ,
  • the terminal device may send the first codebook on the third PUCCH resource in the second PUCCH resource set, and the second codebook on the second PUCCH resource in the third PUCCH resource set.
  • the sending process of the codebook will not interfere with each other, and can be transmitted normally.
  • the feedback information can be divided into different codebooks, so that the first codebook and the second codebook can be processed separately, and it is not necessary to send all the feedback information as one codebook. Therefore, the transmission delay of the feedback information can be effectively reduced, thereby reducing the transmission delay of the downlink data accordingly.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1000.
  • the communication device 1000 can implement the functions of the terminal equipment mentioned above.
  • the communication device 1000 may be a terminal device described above, or may be a chip provided in the terminal device described above.
  • the communication device 1000 may include a processor 1001 and a transceiver 1002.
  • the processor 1001 may be used to execute S43 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver 1002 may be used to execute the embodiment shown in FIG. 4. S41, S42, and S44, and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein; or, the processor 1001 may be used to perform S75 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 and / or for supporting the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver 1002 may be used to perform S71, S72, S73, S74, and S76 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 and / or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
  • the transceiver 1002 is configured to receive at least one physical downlink data channel at a candidate receiving opportunity in a first set of time units, where the first set of time units includes M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1,
  • the M candidate receiving timings are divided into a first candidate receiving timing subset and a second candidate receiving timing subset according to the codebook identification information, wherein the codebook identification information includes the first codebook identification information and the second codebook Identification information, the first candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the first codebook identification information, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information;
  • a processor 1001 configured to generate a feedback information codebook according to a receiving status of the at least one physical downlink data channel, where the feedback information codebook includes a first codebook and a second codebook, and the first codebook and the The first candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds, and the second codebook corresponds to the second candidate receiving opportunity subset;
  • the transceiver 1002 is further configured to send the first codebook and / or the second codebook in a second time unit.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1100.
  • the communication device 1100 can implement the functions of the terminal equipment mentioned above.
  • the communication device 1100 may be the network device described above, or may be a chip provided in the network device described above.
  • the communication device 1100 may include a processor 1101 and a transceiver 1102.
  • the processor 1101 may be configured to execute a process of generating configuration information and a process of determining a physical uplink channel of a received codebook in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver 1102 may be used to perform S41, S42, and S44 in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the processor 1101 may be used to perform the process shown in FIG. 7.
  • the process of generating configuration information, the process of determining a physical uplink channel for receiving a codebook, and / or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein the transceiver 1102 may be used to execute the process shown in FIG. 7. S71, S72, S73, S74, and S76 in the embodiments, and / or other processes used to support the techniques described herein.
  • the transceiver 1102 is configured to send at least one physical downlink data channel in a candidate receiving opportunity in a first set of time units, where the first set of time units includes M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1,
  • the M candidate receiving timings are divided into a first candidate receiving timing subset and a second candidate receiving timing subset according to the codebook identification information, wherein the codebook identification information includes the first codebook identification information and the second codebook Identification information, the first candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the first codebook identification information, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information;
  • the transceiver 1102 is further configured to receive a first codebook and / or a second codebook in a second time unit, where the first codebook corresponds to the first subset of candidate reception opportunities, and the second codebook is related to The second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds.
  • the communication device 1000 or the communication device 1100 can also be implemented by the structure of the communication device 1200 as shown in FIG. 12A.
  • the communication device 1200 may implement the functions of the terminal equipment or the network equipment mentioned above.
  • the communication device 1200 may include a processor 1201.
  • the processor 1201 may be used to execute S43 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and / or used to support the technology described herein. Other processes; or, when the communication device 1200 is used to implement the functions of the terminal device mentioned above, the processor 1201 may be used to execute S75 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 and / or used to support the description in this document Other processes of the technology; or, when the communication device 1200 is used to implement the functions of the network device involved above, the processor 1201 may be configured to execute a process of generating configuration information in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • a process such as receiving a physical uplink channel of a codebook, and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein; or, when the communication device 1200 is used to implement the functions of the network device mentioned above, the processor 1201 may use For performing the process of generating configuration information in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 and the process of determining a physical uplink channel for receiving a codebook, and / or for supporting the technology described herein Other processes.
  • the communication device 1200 can pass through a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a system chip (SoC), and a central processor (central processor). unit (CPU), network processor (NP), digital signal processor (DSP), microcontroller (microcontroller unit, MCU), or programmable controller (programmable logic device, PLD) or other integrated chips, the communication device 1200 may be set in the terminal device or network device in the embodiment of the present application, so that the terminal device or network device implements the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FPGA field-programmable gate array
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • SoC system chip
  • central processor central processor
  • unit CPU
  • NP network processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • microcontroller microcontroller unit, MCU
  • PLD programmable controller
  • the communication apparatus 1200 may include a transceiver component for communicating with other devices.
  • the transceiver component may be used to execute S41, S42, and S44 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and / or used to support Other processes of the technology described herein; or, when the communication device 1200 is used to implement the functions of the terminal device or the network device mentioned above, the transceiver component may be used to execute S71 and S72 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 , S73, S74, and S76, and / or other processes to support the techniques described herein.
  • the communication device 1200 may further include a memory 1202, as shown in FIG. 12B.
  • the memory 1202 is configured to store computer programs or instructions
  • the processor 1201 is configured to decode and execute these computer programs or instructions.
  • these computer programs or instructions may include the functional programs of the foregoing terminal device or network device.
  • the terminal device can be caused to implement the functions of the terminal device in the method shown in FIG. 4 in the embodiment of the present application or the method provided in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the network device may be enabled to implement the functions of the network device in the method shown in FIG. 4 or the method provided in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the function programs of these terminal devices or network devices are stored in a memory external to the communication device 1200.
  • the function program of the terminal device is decoded and executed by the processor 1201
  • a part or all of the function program of the terminal device is temporarily stored in the memory 1202.
  • the function program of the network device is decoded and executed by the processor 1201
  • a part or all of the content of the function program of the network device is temporarily stored in the memory 1202.
  • the function programs of these terminal devices or network devices are set in a memory 1202 stored in the communication device 1200.
  • the communication device 1200 may be set in the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the function program of the network device is stored in the memory 1202 inside the communication device 1200, the communication device 1200 may be set in the network device in the embodiment of the present application.
  • part of the content of the functional programs of these terminal devices is stored in a memory external to the communication device 1200, and other content of the functional programs of these terminal devices is stored in a memory 1202 inside the communication device 1200.
  • part of the content of the function program of these network devices is stored in a memory external to the communication device 1200, and other content of the function program of these network devices is stored in a memory 1202 inside the communication device 1200.
  • the communication device 1000, the communication device 1100, and the communication device 1200 are presented in the form of dividing each functional module into corresponding functions, or may be presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner.
  • the "module” herein may refer to an ASIC, a processor and a memory executing one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and / or other devices capable of providing the above functions.
  • the communication device 1000 provided in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 may also be implemented in other forms.
  • the communication device includes a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the processing module may be implemented by the processor 1001, and the transceiver module may be implemented by the transceiver 1002.
  • the processing module may be used to execute S43 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and / or other processes to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module may be used to execute S41 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4. , S42 and S44, and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein; or, the processing module may be used to perform S75 in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the transceiver module may be used to perform S71, S72, S73, S74, and S76 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein.
  • a transceiver module is configured to receive at least one physical downlink data channel at a candidate receiving opportunity in a first set of time units, where the first set of time units includes M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1, and The M candidate receiving timings are divided into a first candidate receiving timing subset and a second candidate receiving timing subset according to the codebook identification information, where the codebook identification information includes the first codebook identification information and the second codebook identification Information, the first candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the first codebook identification information, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information;
  • a processing module configured to generate a feedback information codebook according to a reception status of the at least one physical downlink data channel, where the feedback information codebook includes a first codebook and a second codebook, and the first codebook and the first codebook A candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds, and the second codebook corresponds to the second candidate receiving opportunity subset;
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send the first codebook and / or the second codebook in a second time unit.
  • the communication device 1100 provided in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 may also be implemented in other forms.
  • the communication device includes a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the processing module may be implemented by the processor 1101, and the transceiver module may be implemented by the transceiver 1102.
  • the processing module may be used to perform a process of generating configuration information and a process of determining a physical uplink channel of a received codebook in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein
  • the transceiver module may be used to execute S41, S42, and S44 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and / or other processes to support the technology described herein; or, the processing module may be used to execute the implementation shown in FIG.
  • the transceiver module may be used to execute the embodiment shown in FIG. 7. S71, S72, S73, S74, and S76, and / or other processes used to support the techniques described herein.
  • a transceiver module is configured to send at least one physical downlink data channel in a candidate receiving opportunity in a first set of time units, where the first set of time units includes M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1, and
  • the M candidate receiving timings are divided into a first candidate receiving timing subset and a second candidate receiving timing subset according to the codebook identification information, where the codebook identification information includes the first codebook identification information and the second codebook identification Information, the first candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the first codebook identification information, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information;
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive a first codebook and / or a second codebook in a second time unit, the first codebook corresponding to the first candidate receiving timing subset, and the second codebook and The second candidate reception timing subset correspondence is described.
  • the communication device 1000, the communication device 1100, and the communication device 1200 provided in the embodiments of the present application can be used to execute the method provided in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, the technical effects that can be obtained can be obtained. With reference to the foregoing method embodiments, details are not described herein again.
  • Embodiments of the present application are described with reference to flowcharts and / or block diagrams of methods, devices (systems), and computer program products according to the embodiments of the present application. It should be understood that each process and / or block in the flowcharts and / or block diagrams, and combinations of processes and / or blocks in the flowcharts and / or block diagrams can be implemented by computer program instructions.
  • These computer program instructions may be provided to a processor of a general-purpose computer, special-purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine, so that instructions generated by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing device may be used to Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more flowcharts and / or one or more blocks of the block diagrams.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website site, a computer, a server, or a data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes one or more available medium integration.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital versatile disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD) ))Wait.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A method and device for sending and receiving codebook information, used for reducing downlink transmission delay. The method for sending codebook information comprises: receiving at least one physical downlink data channel in a candidate receiving opportunity within a first time unit set, the first time unit set comprising M candidate receiving opportunities, the M candidate receiving opportunities being divided into a first candidate receiving opportunity subset and a second candidate receiving opportunity subset according to codebook identification information, first codebook identification information comprised in the codebook identification information corresponding to the first candidate receiving opportunity subset, and second codebook identification information corresponding to the second candidate receiving opportunity subset; generating a feedback information codebook according to the receiving state of the at least one physical downlink data channel, the feedback information codebook comprising a first codebook and a second codebook, the first codebook corresponding to the first candidate receiving opportunity subset, and the second codebook corresponding to the second candidate receiving opportunity subset; and sending the first codebook and/or the second codebook in a second time unit.

Description

一种发送、接收码本信息的方法及装置Method and device for sending and receiving codebook information
本申请要求在2018年5月21日提交中国专利局、申请号为201810491261.6、申请名称为“一种发送、接收码本信息的方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed on May 21, 2018 with the Chinese Patent Office, application number 201810491261.6, and application name "A Method and Device for Sending and Receiving Codebook Information", the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference Incorporated in this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及移动通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种发送、接收码本信息的方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of mobile communication technology, and in particular, to a method and device for sending and receiving codebook information.
背景技术Background technique
混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)是一种高效的传输机制,一方面,通过重传可以极大提高下行数据传输的可靠性,另一方面,终端设备向基站反馈HARQ的肯定应答(ACK)/否定应答(NACK),只有在终端设备反馈NACK时,基站才需要进行重传,降低了数据传输的整体资源消耗。Hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) is an efficient transmission mechanism. On the one hand, the reliability of downlink data transmission can be greatly improved through retransmissions. On the other hand, the terminal equipment feedbacks the HARQ to the base station. Acknowledgement (ACK) / Negative Acknowledgement (NACK). Only when the terminal equipment feedbacks NACK, the base station needs to retransmit, which reduces the overall resource consumption of data transmission.
目前,第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)在新无线(new radio,NR)标准中确定,在一个时隙(slot)内反馈的ACK/NACK需要联合编码为1个HARQ-ACK码本,使用1个物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)资源进行反馈,但这样是不利于降低ACK/NACK的反馈时延的。例如请参考图1,下行传输使用的子载波间隔为30kHz,上行传输使用的子载波间隔为15kHz。受限于终端设备的数据译码能力,物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)1的ACK/NACK最快可以在图1中的上行的第二个时隙的起始符号处反馈,但是后续调度的PDSCH2的ACK/NACK最快只能在该上行的第二个时隙的末尾反馈。这样,由于1个时隙内的ACK/NACK需要联合编码反馈,则PDSCH1的ACK/NACK会被延后传输,如果PDSCH1的ACK/NACK是NACK,则基站对PDSCH1的重传也相应被延后,如图1中,如果PDSCH1的ACK/NACK能够得到及时反馈,则PDSCH1的重传应该发生在“×”所示的位置,但因为PDSCH1的ACK/NACK被延后传输,因此PDSCH1的重传只能发生在“√”所示的位置。显然,目前的ACK/NACK反馈方式对下行数据的传输时延影响较大。Currently, the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) has determined in the new radio (NR) standard that the ACK / NACK that is fed back in a slot needs to be jointly coded as 1 HARQ- The ACK codebook uses 1 physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource for feedback, but this is not conducive to reducing the feedback delay of ACK / NACK. For example, please refer to FIG. 1, the subcarrier interval used for downlink transmission is 30kHz, and the subcarrier interval used for uplink transmission is 15kHz. Limited by the data decoding capability of the terminal device, the ACK / NACK of the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) 1 can be fed back at the fastest symbol at the beginning of the second uplink time slot in FIG. 1, However, the fastest-scheduled ACK / NACK for PDSCH2 can only be fed back at the end of the second time slot of the uplink. In this way, since the ACK / NACK in one time slot needs joint coding feedback, the ACK / NACK of PDSCH1 will be delayed. If the ACK / NACK of PDSCH1 is NACK, the retransmission of PDSCH1 by the base station will be delayed accordingly. As shown in Figure 1, if the ACK / NACK of PDSCH1 can get timely feedback, the retransmission of PDSCH1 should occur at the position shown by "×", but because the ACK / NACK of PDSCH1 is delayed, the retransmission of PDSCH1 It can only occur at the position indicated by "√". Obviously, the current ACK / NACK feedback method has a great impact on the transmission delay of downlink data.
发明内容Summary of the Invention
本申请实施例提供一种发送、接收码本信息的方法及装置,用于减小下行传输时延。The embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for sending and receiving codebook information, which are used to reduce downlink transmission delay.
第一方面,提供一种发送码本信息的方法,该方法可由通信装置执行,该通信装置例如为终端设备,或者为设置在终端设备中的芯片。该方法包括:在第一时间单元集合中的候选接收时机中接收至少一个物理下行数据信道,所述第一时间单元集合包括M个候选接收时机,M为大于1的整数,所述M个候选接收时机按照码本标识信息被划分为第一候选接收时机子集和第二候选接收时机子集,其中,所述码本标识信息包括第一码本标识信息和第二码本标识信息,所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第一码本标识信息对应,所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二码本标识信息对应;根据所述至少一个物理下行数据信道的接收状态生成反馈信息码本,所述反馈信息码本包括第一码本和第二码本,所述第一 码本与所述第一候选接收时机子集对应,所述第二码本与所述第二候选接收时机子集对应;在第二时间单元发送所述第一码本和/或所述第二码本。According to a first aspect, a method for transmitting codebook information is provided. The method may be executed by a communication device, such as a terminal device or a chip provided in the terminal device. The method includes receiving at least one physical downlink data channel at a candidate receiving opportunity in a first set of time units, the first set of time units including M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1, and the M candidates The receiving timing is divided into a first candidate receiving timing subset and a second candidate receiving timing subset according to the codebook identification information, where the codebook identification information includes the first codebook identification information and the second codebook identification information. The first candidate reception timing subset corresponds to the first codebook identification information, the second candidate reception timing subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information; and according to the reception of the at least one physical downlink data channel The state generates a feedback information codebook, the feedback information codebook includes a first codebook and a second codebook, the first codebook corresponds to the first subset of candidate reception opportunities, and the second codebook corresponds to all The second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds; the first codebook and / or the second codebook are sent in a second time unit.
相应的,第二方面,提供一种接收码本信息的方法,该方法可由通信装置执行,该通信装置例如为网络设备,例如基站。该方法包括:在第一时间单元集合中的候选接收时机中发送至少一个物理下行数据信道,所述第一时间单元集合包括M个候选接收时机,M为大于1的整数,所述M个候选接收时机按照码本标识信息被划分为第一候选接收时机子集和第二候选接收时机子集,其中,所述码本标识信息包括第一码本标识信息和第二码本标识信息,所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第一码本标识信息对应,所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二码本标识信息对应;在第二时间单元接收第一码本和/或第二码本,所述第一码本与所述第一候选接收时机子集对应,所述第二码本与所述第二候选接收时机子集对应。Accordingly, in a second aspect, a method for receiving codebook information is provided. The method may be executed by a communication device, such as a network device, such as a base station. The method includes: sending at least one physical downlink data channel in a candidate receiving opportunity in a first set of time units, the first set of time units including M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1, and the M candidates The receiving timing is divided into a first candidate receiving timing subset and a second candidate receiving timing subset according to the codebook identification information, where the codebook identification information includes the first codebook identification information and the second codebook identification information. The first candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the first codebook identification information, the second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information; the first codebook and And / or a second codebook, where the first codebook corresponds to the first candidate receiving opportunity subset, and the second codebook corresponds to the second candidate receiving opportunity subset.
在本申请实施例中,可以将M个候选接收时机分为第一候选接收时机子集和第二候选接收时机子集,那么物理下行数据信道的反馈信息也就可以相应划分为不同的码本,从而可以对第一码本和第二码本分别处理,无需将所有的反馈信息都作为一个码本统一发送,因此本申请实施例提供的方法可以有效减小反馈信息的发送时延,从而也就相应减小了下行数据的传输时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the M candidate receiving opportunities can be divided into a first candidate receiving opportunity subset and a second candidate receiving opportunity subset, and then the feedback information of the physical downlink data channel can be divided into different codebooks accordingly. Therefore, the first codebook and the second codebook can be processed separately, and it is not necessary to send all feedback information as one codebook. Therefore, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application can effectively reduce the delay in sending feedback information, thereby Therefore, the transmission delay of the downlink data is correspondingly reduced.
在一个可能的设计中,所述M个候选接收时机中的每个候选接收时机对应第一参数组,所述第一参数组包括码本标识信息,以及包括如下信息中的至少一种:物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移,物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,以及物理下行数据信道映射类型。In a possible design, each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a first parameter group, where the first parameter group includes codebook identification information and includes at least one of the following information: physical The timing offset between the downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel, the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and the physical downlink data channel mapping type.
例如,第一参数组可以包括码本标识信息,还包括物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移、物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息以及PDSCH映射类型这三种,则第一参数组包括码本标识信息、物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移、物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息以及物理下行数据信道映射类型,或者,第一参数组可以包括码本标识信息,还包括物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移、物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息以及物理下行数据信道映射类型中的两种,例如,第一参数组包括码本标识信息、物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移以及物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,或者,第一参数组可以包括码本标识信息,还包括物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移、物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息以及物理下行数据信道映射类型中的一种,例如,第一参数组包括码本标识信息以及物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息。For example, the first parameter group may include codebook identification information, and also include timing offsets between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel, time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and PDSCH mapping types. A parameter group includes codebook identification information, a timing offset between a physical downlink data channel and a physical downlink control channel, time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and a physical downlink data channel mapping type. Alternatively, the first parameter group may include The codebook identification information also includes two of the timing offset between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel, the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and the physical downlink data channel mapping type. For example, the first parameter group Including codebook identification information, timing offset between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel, and time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, or the first parameter group may include codebook identification information and also include physical downlink data Timing offset between channel and physical downlink control channel, physical Domain location information and one physical downlink data channel mapping types when the line data channel, for example, the first codebook parameters includes identification information and a physical downlink data channel domain location information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述M个候选接收时机中的每个候选接收时机对应第二参数组,所述第二参数组包括物理下行数据信道映射类型,以及包括如下信息中的至少一种:物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移,及物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,其中,所述码本标识信息与所述物理下行数据信道映射类型对应。In a possible design, each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a second parameter group, where the second parameter group includes a physical downlink data channel mapping type and includes at least one of the following information : A timing offset between a physical downlink data channel and a physical downlink control channel, and time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, wherein the codebook identification information corresponds to the physical downlink data channel mapping type.
例如,第二参数组可以包括物理下行数据信道映射类型,还包括物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移和物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息这两种,则第二参数组包括物理下行数据信道映射类型、物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移以及物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,或者,第二参数组可以包括PDSCH映射类型,还包括物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移和物理下行数据信道的 时域位置信息中的一种,例如,第二参数组包括物理下行数据信道映射类型和物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息。For example, the second parameter group may include a physical downlink data channel mapping type, and also includes a timing offset between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel and time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel. The group includes the physical downlink data channel mapping type, the timing offset between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel, and the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel. Alternatively, the second parameter group may include the PDSCH mapping type and also includes the physical One of the timing offset between the downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel and the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel. For example, the second parameter group includes the physical downlink data channel mapping type and the time domain of the physical downlink data channel. location information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述M个候选接收时机中的每个候选接收时机对应第三参数组,所述第三参数组包括物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,还可以包括如下信息中的至少一种:物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移,及物理下行数据信道映射类型,其中,码本标识信息与物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息对应。In a possible design, each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a third parameter group, and the third parameter group includes time domain location information of a physical downlink data channel, and may further include the following information: At least one of: a timing offset between a physical downlink data channel and a physical downlink control channel, and a physical downlink data channel mapping type, wherein the codebook identification information corresponds to time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel.
例如,第三参数组可以包括物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,还包括物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移和物理下行数据信道映射类型这两种,则第三参数组包括物理下行数据信道映射类型、物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移以及物理下行数据信道时域位置信息,或者,第三参数组可以包括物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,还包括物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移和物理下行数据信道映射类型中的一种,例如,第三参数组包括物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移和物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息。For example, the third parameter group may include time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and also includes two types of timing offset between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel and a physical downlink data channel mapping type. The group includes the physical downlink data channel mapping type, the timing offset between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel, and the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel. Alternatively, the third parameter group may include the time domain location of the physical downlink data channel. The information also includes one of a timing offset between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel and a mapping type of the physical downlink data channel. For example, the third parameter group includes information between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel. Timing offset and time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel.
在一个可能的设计中,所述码本标识信息与所述物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息对应,可以包括如下两种对应关系中的至少一种:1、码本标识信息与物理下行数据信道的起始符号的编号对应;2、码本标识信息与物理下行数据信道的时域长度对应。In a possible design, the codebook identification information corresponds to the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and may include at least one of the following two correspondences: 1. Codebook identification information and physical downlink data The number of the start symbol of the channel corresponds; 2. The codebook identification information corresponds to the time domain length of the physical downlink data channel.
也就是说,在为候选接收时机配置参数组时,可以将码本标识信息显式地配置在参数组中,使得终端设备能够更为清楚地确定候选接收时机所属的候选接收时机组。或者,也可以不将码本标识信息配置在候选接收时机对应的参数组中,而只是事先配置码本标识信息与候选接收时机对应的参数组中的部分参数或全部参数之间的对应关系,那么终端设备在获得候选接收时机对应的参数组后,也就能够根据该参数组中包括的部分参数和全部参数确定该候选接收时机的码本标识信息,通过这种方式,可以减少参数组中包括的参数的数量。至于码本标识信息究竟与参数组中的哪部分参数对应,可以由网络设备自行配置,或者可以通过协议预定义,具体的不作限制。That is, when a parameter group is configured for a candidate receiving opportunity, the codebook identification information can be explicitly configured in the parameter group, so that the terminal device can more clearly determine the candidate receiving timing unit to which the candidate receiving opportunity belongs. Alternatively, the codebook identification information may not be configured in the parameter group corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity, but the correspondence relationship between the codebook identification information and some or all parameters in the parameter group corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity may be configured in advance. Then, after obtaining the parameter group corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity, the terminal device can also determine the codebook identification information of the candidate receiving opportunity according to some and all parameters included in the parameter group. In this way, the parameter group can be reduced. The number of parameters included. As for which part of the parameter group of the codebook identification information corresponds to the parameter group, it can be configured by the network device itself, or it can be predefined by the protocol without specific restrictions.
在一个可能的设计中,在所述第二时间单元中发送所述第一码本和/或所述第二码本,包括:所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在第二关联关系,且所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元不存在所述第二关联关系,在所述第二时间单元发送所述第一码本;或,所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元不存在第二关联关系,且所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在所述第二关联关系,在所述第二时间单元发送所述第二码本;或,所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在第二关联关系,且所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在所述第二关联关系,在所述第二时间单元发送所述第一码本和/或所述第二码本。相应的,在所述第二时间单元中接收所述第一码本和/或所述第二码本,包括:所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在第二关联关系,且所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元不存在所述第二关联关系,在所述第二时间单元接收所述第一码本;或,所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元不存在第二关联关系,且所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在所述第二关联关系,在所述第二时间单元接收所述第二码本;或,所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在第二关联关系,且所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在所述第二关联关系,在所述第二时间单元接收所述第一码本和/或所述第二码本。In a possible design, sending the first codebook and / or the second codebook in the second time unit includes: the first candidate receiving opportunity subset and the second time unit A second association exists, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset does not exist in the second time unit, and the second code unit is sent in the second time unit; or The second candidate receiving opportunity subset does not have a second association relationship with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset has the second association relationship with the second time unit. Sending the second codebook at a second time unit; or, the second candidate receiving opportunity subset has a second association with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset is related to the first The second association exists in two time units, and the first codebook and / or the second codebook are sent in the second time unit. Correspondingly, receiving the first codebook and / or the second codebook in the second time unit includes: the first candidate reception timing subset has a second association with the second time unit Relationship, and the second candidate receiving timing subset does not have the second association relationship with the second time unit, and the first codebook is received at the second time unit; or the first candidate There is no second association between the subset of receiving timings and the second time unit, and the second association between the second candidate receiving timing subset and the second time unit exists. In the second time unit, Receiving the second codebook; or, the second candidate receiving opportunity subset has a second association with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset and the second time unit exist The second association relationship receives the first codebook and / or the second codebook in the second time unit.
可以理解为:如果终端设备接收到第三物理下行控制信道,所述第三物理下行控制信道调度的第三物理下行数据信道属于所述第一候选接收时机子集,且所述第三物理下行控制信道指示所述第三物理下行数据信道对应的反馈信息在所述第二时间单元发送,则所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在第二关联关系。相应的,如果终端设备未接收到所调度的物理下行数据信道属于所述第一候选接收时机子集、且指示的所调度的物理下行数据信道对应的反馈信息均在所述第二时间单元发送的物理下行控制信道,也就是说,终端设备未接收到这样的物理下行控制信道,则所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元不存在第二关联关系。It can be understood that if a terminal device receives a third physical downlink control channel, the third physical downlink data channel scheduled by the third physical downlink control channel belongs to the first candidate receiving opportunity subset, and the third physical downlink The control channel indicates that the feedback information corresponding to the third physical downlink data channel is sent in the second time unit, and then there is a second association relationship between the first candidate reception timing subset and the second time unit. Correspondingly, if the terminal device does not receive the scheduled physical downlink data channel belonging to the first candidate reception timing subset, and the feedback information corresponding to the indicated scheduled physical downlink data channel is sent in the second time unit , That is, if the terminal device does not receive such a physical downlink control channel, the second candidate receiving opportunity subset and the second time unit do not have a second association relationship.
相应的,如果终端设备接收第四物理下行控制信道,所述第四物理下行控制信道调度的第四物理下行数据信道属于所述第二候选接收时机子集,且所述第四物理下行控制信道指示所述第四物理下行数据信道对应的反馈信息在所述第二时间单元发送,则所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在第二关联关系。相应的,如果终端设备未接收到所调度的物理下行数据信道属于所述第二候选接收时机子集、且指示的所调度的物理下行数据信道对应的反馈信息均在所述第二时间单元发送的物理下行控制信道,也就是说,终端设备未接收到这样的物理下行控制信道,则所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元不存在第二关联关系。Correspondingly, if a terminal device receives a fourth physical downlink control channel, the fourth physical downlink data channel scheduled by the fourth physical downlink control channel belongs to the second subset of candidate timings, and the fourth physical downlink control channel Indicating that the feedback information corresponding to the fourth physical downlink data channel is sent in the second time unit, the second candidate receiving opportunity subset has a second association relationship with the second time unit. Correspondingly, if the terminal device does not receive the scheduled physical downlink data channel belonging to the second candidate receiving opportunity subset and the feedback information corresponding to the indicated scheduled physical downlink data channel is sent in the second time unit Physical downlink control channel, that is, the terminal device does not receive such a physical downlink control channel, the second candidate receiving opportunity subset does not have a second association relationship with the second time unit.
在一个可能的设计中,在所述第二时间单元中发送所述第一码本和/或所述第二码本,包括:在承载所述第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载所述第二码本的第二物理上行信道在所述第二时间单元中时域不重叠的情况下,在所述第一物理上行信道发送所述第一码本,以及在所述第二物理上行信道发送所述第二码本;和/或,在承载所述第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载所述第二码本的第二物理上行信道在所述第二时间单元中时域重叠的情况下,在所述第一物理上行信道发送所述第一码本,或在所述第二物理上行信道发送所述第二码本。相应的,在所述第二时间单元中接收所述第一码本和/或所述第二码本,包括:在承载所述第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载所述第二码本的第二物理上行信道在所述第二时间单元中时域不重叠的情况下,在所述第一物理上行信道接收所述第一码本,以及在所述第二物理上行信道接收所述第二码本;和/或,在承载所述第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载所述第二码本的第二物理上行信道在所述第二时间单元中时域重叠的情况下,在所述第一物理上行信道接收所述第一码本,或在所述第二物理上行信道接收所述第二码本。In a possible design, sending the first codebook and / or the second codebook in the second time unit includes: a first physical uplink channel and a bearer carrying the first codebook. When the second physical uplink channel of the second codebook does not overlap in the time domain in the second time unit, sending the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel, and on the second The physical uplink channel sends the second codebook; and / or, the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook are in the second time unit When the middle time domain overlaps, the first codebook is sent on the first physical uplink channel, or the second codebook is sent on the second physical uplink channel. Correspondingly, receiving the first codebook and / or the second codebook in the second time unit includes: carrying the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and carrying the second codebook. If the second physical uplink channel of the codebook does not overlap in the time domain in the second time unit, receiving the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel and receiving on the second physical uplink channel The second codebook; and / or, the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlap in time domain in the second time unit In the case, the first codebook is received on the first physical uplink channel, or the second codebook is received on the second physical uplink channel.
对此可以理解为:This can be understood as:
在承载第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载第二码本的第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元中时域不重叠的情况下,在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本,以及在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本,和,在承载第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载第二码本的第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元中时域重叠的情况下,在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本,或在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本;Sending the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel if the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook do not overlap in the time domain in the second time unit, And sending the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel, and when the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlap in the time domain in the second time unit Next, send the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel, or send the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel.
或者,承载第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载第二码本的第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元中时域不重叠,在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本,以及在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本,或,承载第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载第二码本的第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元中时域重叠,在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本,或在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本。Alternatively, the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook do not overlap in time domain in the second time unit, the first codebook is transmitted on the first physical uplink channel, and The second physical uplink channel sends the second codebook, or the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlap in time domain in the second time unit, and in the first physical unit Send the first codebook on the uplink channel, or send the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel.
也就是说,如果第一物理上行信道和第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元内,在时域上不重叠,那么终端设备可以在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本,以及在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本,二者可能不会互相干扰,能够保证传输质量。而如果第一物理上行信道和第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元内,在时域上重叠,则终端设备可以只在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本,不在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本,或者只在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本,而不在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本,从而尽量减小传输干扰,提高传输质量。进一步,如果第一物理上行信道和第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元内,在时域上重叠,终端设备可以根据高层配置或预定义的优先级,选择第一码本和第二码本中优先级较高的码本发送,例如当第一码本优先级高于第二码本,则终端设备可以只在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本,不在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本,从而尽量保证高优先级的码本能够得到优先传输。That is, if the first physical uplink channel and the second physical uplink channel do not overlap in the time domain within the second time unit, the terminal device may send the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel and the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel. The physical uplink channel sends the second codebook. The two may not interfere with each other, which can ensure the transmission quality. If the first physical uplink channel and the second physical uplink channel overlap in the time domain within the second time unit, the terminal device can send the first codebook only on the first physical uplink channel, but not on the second physical uplink channel. The second codebook, or the second codebook is sent only on the second physical uplink channel, and the first codebook is not sent on the first physical uplink channel, thereby minimizing transmission interference and improving transmission quality. Further, if the first physical uplink channel and the second physical uplink channel overlap in the time domain within the second time unit, the terminal device may select the first codebook and the second codebook according to a high-level configuration or a predefined priority. Send a codebook with a higher priority. For example, when the first codebook has a higher priority than the second codebook, the terminal device can send the first codebook only on the first physical uplink channel, and not on the second physical uplink channel. Two codebooks, so as to ensure that high priority codebooks can be transmitted with priority.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元集合存在第一关联关系,所述第一关联关系为通过高层信令配置的或预定义的所述第一时间单元集合与所述第二时间单元之间的半静态对应关系;和/或,所述第二关联关系为通过物理下行控制信道指示的物理下行数据信道与所述第二时间单元之间的动态对应关系。In a possible design, a first association relationship exists between the second time unit and the first time unit set, and the first association relationship is the first time unit configured or predefined by high-level signaling. A semi-static correspondence between the set and the second time unit; and / or, the second association is a dynamic correspondence between a physical downlink data channel indicated by a physical downlink control channel and the second time unit relationship.
第一关联关系可以理解为半静态的对应关系,对于半静态对应关系,可以理解为:高层信令配置或预定义了PDSCH与对应的ACK/NCK间的定时偏移值,即PDSCH-to-HARQ-Timing的可能取值集合,即K1的取值集合,则第二时间单元的编号与第一时间单元集合包括的任何一个时间单元的编号之间的差值应当属于K1取值集合。The first association relationship can be understood as a semi-static correspondence relationship. For the semi-static correspondence relationship, it can be understood as: a high-level signaling configuration or a predefined timing offset value between PDSCH and the corresponding ACK / NCK, that is, PDSCH-to- The possible value set of HARQ-Timing, that is, the value set of K1, the difference between the number of the second time unit and the number of any time unit included in the first time unit set should belong to the K1 value set.
在一个可能的设计中,所述第一码本的比特数根据所述第一候选接收时机子集中的在时域上不重叠的候选接收时机的最大个数确定,所述第二码本的比特数根据所述第二候选接收时机子集中的在时域上不重叠的候选接收时机的最大个数确定。In a possible design, the number of bits in the first codebook is determined according to the maximum number of candidate reception opportunities in the first candidate reception opportunity subset that do not overlap in the time domain. The number of bits is determined according to the maximum number of candidate receiving opportunities in the second candidate receiving opportunity subset that do not overlap in the time domain.
也就是说,在一个候选接收时机子集中,对于在时域上重叠的候选接收时机会切分成多个候选接收时机组,每个候选接收时机组包括多个时域重叠的候选接收时机,这些时域重叠的候选接收时机由于不可能同时被传输,因此只需要一份对应的ACK/NACK,从而可以减少反馈的数据量。当然,本文这种描述,是以第一时间单元集合属于一个下行频率单元为例的,如果第一时间单元集合属于多个下行频率单元,则对于每个下行频率单元,可以采用本文描述的方式确定码本的比特数。That is, in a subset of candidate reception opportunities, the candidate reception opportunities that overlap in the time domain are divided into multiple candidate reception units, and each candidate reception unit includes multiple candidate reception opportunities that overlap in the time domain. These The candidate reception timings with overlapping time domains cannot be transmitted at the same time, so only a corresponding ACK / NACK is needed, which can reduce the amount of feedback data. Of course, this description in this article is based on the example that the first time unit set belongs to one downlink frequency unit. If the first time unit set belongs to multiple downlink frequency units, for each downlink frequency unit, the method described in this article can be used. Determine the number of bits in the codebook.
第三方面,提供第一种通信装置,该通信装置例如为终端设备。该通信装置具有实现上述方法设计中的终端设备的功能。这些功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。According to a third aspect, a first communication device is provided. The communication device is, for example, a terminal device. The communication device has the function of realizing the terminal equipment in the above method design. These functions can be implemented by hardware, or they can be implemented by hardware to execute corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
在一个可能的设计中,该通信装置的具体结构可包括处理器和收发器。处理器和收发器可执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计所提供的方法中的相应功能。In a possible design, the specific structure of the communication device may include a processor and a transceiver. The processor and the transceiver may perform corresponding functions in the method provided by the first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect.
第四方面,提供第二种通信装置,该通信装置例如为网络设备。该通信装置具有实现上述方法设计中的网络设备的功能。这些功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。According to a fourth aspect, a second communication device is provided. The communication device is, for example, a network device. The communication device has the function of implementing the network equipment in the above method design. These functions can be implemented by hardware, or they can be implemented by hardware to execute corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
在一个可能的设计中,该通信装置的具体结构可包括收发器,另外还可以包括处理器。处理器和收发器可执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的设计所提供的方法中的相应功能。In a possible design, the specific structure of the communication device may include a transceiver, and may further include a processor. The processor and the transceiver may perform corresponding functions in the method provided by the second aspect or any one of the possible designs of the second aspect.
第五方面,提供第三种通信装置,该通信装置例如为终端设备。该通信装置具有实现 上述方法设计中的终端设备的功能。这些功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。According to a fifth aspect, a third communication device is provided. The communication device is, for example, a terminal device. The communication device has the function of realizing the terminal equipment in the above method design. These functions can be implemented by hardware, or they can be implemented by hardware to execute corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
在一个可能的设计中,该通信装置的具体结构可包括处理模块和收发模块。处理模块和收发模块可执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计所提供的方法中的相应功能。In a possible design, the specific structure of the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module. The processing module and the transceiver module may perform corresponding functions in the method provided by the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
第六方面,提供第四种通信装置,该通信装置例如为网络设备。该通信装置具有实现上述方法设计中的网络设备的功能。这些功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。According to a sixth aspect, a fourth communication device is provided. The communication device is, for example, a network device. The communication device has the function of implementing the network equipment in the above method design. These functions can be implemented by hardware, or they can be implemented by hardware to execute corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
在一个可能的设计中,该通信装置的具体结构可包括收发模块,另外还可以包括处理模块。处理模块和收发模块可执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的设计所提供的方法中的相应功能。In a possible design, the specific structure of the communication device may include a transceiver module, and may further include a processing module. The processing module and the transceiver module may perform corresponding functions in the method provided by the second aspect or any one of the possible designs of the second aspect.
第七方面,提供第五种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的终端设备,或者为设置在终端设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括:存储器,用于存储计算机可执行程序代码;以及处理器,处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令,当处理器执行所述指令时,使通信装置执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中的方法。In a seventh aspect, a fifth communication device is provided. The communication device may be a terminal device in the above method design, or a chip provided in the terminal device. The communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program code; and a processor, the processor being coupled to the memory. The program code stored in the memory includes instructions. When the processor executes the instructions, the communication device is caused to execute the foregoing first aspect or a method in any one of the possible designs of the first aspect.
第八方面,提供第六种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的网络设备,或者为设置在网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括:存储器,用于存储计算机可执行程序代码;以及处理器,处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令,当处理器执行所述指令时,使通信装置执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中的方法。In an eighth aspect, a sixth communication device is provided. The communication device may be a network device designed in the above method, or a chip provided in the network device. The communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program code; and a processor, the processor being coupled to the memory. The program code stored in the memory includes instructions. When the processor executes the instructions, the communication device is caused to execute the foregoing first aspect or a method in any one of the possible designs of the first aspect.
第九方面,提供一种通信系统,该通信系统可包括第三方面、第五方面或第七方面所述的通信装置,以及包括第四方面、第六方面或第八方面所述的通信装置,其中,在该通信系统中将第三方面、第五方面或第七方面所述的通信装置称为第一通信装置,将第四方面、第六方面或第八方面所述的通信装置称为第二通信装置,也就是说,该通信系统包括第一通信装置和第二通信装置。其中,第一通信装置,用于在第一时间单元集合中的候选接收时机中接收至少一个物理下行数据信道,所述第一时间单元集合包括M个候选接收时机,M为大于1的整数,所述M个候选接收时机按照码本标识信息被划分为第一候选接收时机子集和第二候选接收时机子集,其中,所述码本标识信息包括第一码本标识信息和第二码本标识信息,所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第一码本标识信息对应,所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二码本标识信息对应,根据所述至少一个物理下行数据信道的接收状态生成反馈信息码本,所述反馈信息码本包括第一码本和第二码本,所述第一码本与所述第一候选接收时机子集对应,所述第二码本与所述第二候选接收时机子集对应,在第二时间单元发送所述第一码本和/或所述第二码本;第二通信装置,用于在第一时间单元集合中的候选接收时机中发送至少一个物理下行数据信道,所述第一时间单元集合包括M个候选接收时机,M为大于1的整数,所述M个候选接收时机按照码本标识信息被划分为第一候选接收时机子集和第二候选接收时机子集,其中,所述码本标识信息包括第一码本标识信息和第二码本标识信息,所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第一码本标识信息对应,所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二码本标识信息对应,在第二时间单元接收第一码本和/或第二码本,所述第一码本与所述第一候选接收时机子集对应,所述第二码本与 所述第二候选接收时机子集对应。In a ninth aspect, a communication system is provided. The communication system may include the communication device described in the third aspect, the fifth aspect, or the seventh aspect, and the communication device described in the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, or the eighth aspect. , Wherein, in the communication system, the communication device described in the third aspect, the fifth aspect, or the seventh aspect is referred to as a first communication device, and the communication device described in the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, or the eighth aspect is referred to as Is a second communication device, that is, the communication system includes a first communication device and a second communication device. The first communication device is configured to receive at least one physical downlink data channel at a candidate receiving opportunity in a first set of time units. The first set of time units includes M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1, The M candidate receiving timings are divided into a first candidate receiving timing subset and a second candidate receiving timing subset according to codebook identification information, where the codebook identification information includes the first codebook identification information and the second code This identification information, the first candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponding to the first codebook identification information, the second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponding to the second codebook identification information, according to the at least one physical A feedback information codebook is generated in the receiving state of the downlink data channel. The feedback information codebook includes a first codebook and a second codebook, and the first codebook corresponds to the first subset of candidate reception opportunities. A second codebook corresponding to the second subset of candidate reception timings, and sending the first codebook and / or the second codebook in a second time unit; a second communication device for At least one physical downlink data channel is sent in the candidate receiving opportunities in the set. The first set of time units includes M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1, and the M candidate receiving opportunities are divided according to codebook identification information. Is a subset of the first candidate reception timing and a subset of the second candidate reception timing, wherein the codebook identification information includes first codebook identification information and second codebook identification information, and the first candidate reception timing subset and The first codebook identification information corresponds, the second candidate receiving timing subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information, and the first codebook and / or the second codebook are received in a second time unit, the A first codebook corresponds to the first candidate reception timing subset, and the second codebook corresponds to the second candidate reception timing subset.
第十方面,提供一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。According to a tenth aspect, a computer storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, and when the computer-readable storage medium runs on the computer, the computer is caused to execute the first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect. The method described.
第十一方面,提供一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。According to an eleventh aspect, a computer storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium has instructions stored thereon, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the second aspect or any one of the possible designs of the second aspect. As described in the method.
第十二方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。According to a twelfth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided. The computer program product stores instructions, and when the computer program product runs on the computer, the computer causes the computer to execute the first aspect or any one of the first aspect. The method described in the design.
第十三方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。According to a thirteenth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided. The computer program product stores instructions, and when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute any one of the second aspect or the second aspect. The method described in the design.
在本申请实施例中,可以将反馈信息划分为不同的码本,从而可以对第一码本和第二码本分别处理,无需将所有的反馈信息都作为一个码本统一发送,因此本申请实施例提供的方法可以有效减小反馈信息的发送时延,从而也就相应减小了下行数据的传输时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the feedback information can be divided into different codebooks, so that the first codebook and the second codebook can be processed separately. It is not necessary to send all feedback information as one codebook in a unified manner. The method provided by the embodiment can effectively reduce the transmission delay of the feedback information, thereby reducing the transmission delay of the downlink data accordingly.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1为现有技术中发送ACK/NACK的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of sending ACK / NACK in the prior art;
图2为将一个时隙中包括的PDSCH进行切分的示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of segmenting a PDSCH included in a time slot;
图3为本申请实施例的一种应用场景示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种发送、接收码本信息的方法的流程图;4 is a flowchart of a method for sending and receiving codebook information according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5A~图5D为本申请实施例中,在第一物理上行信道和第二物理上行信道在时域上不重叠时,终端设备发送码本信息的几种示意图;5A-5D are schematic diagrams of terminal equipment sending codebook information when the first physical uplink channel and the second physical uplink channel do not overlap in the time domain in the embodiment of the present application;
图6A~图6B为本申请实施例中,在第一物理上行信道和第二物理上行信道在时域上重叠时,终端设备发送码本信息的几种示意图;6A-6B are schematic diagrams of terminal equipment sending codebook information when the first physical uplink channel and the second physical uplink channel overlap in the time domain in the embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的基于图4所示的方法的一种发送、接收码本信息的方法的流程图;7 is a flowchart of a method for sending and receiving codebook information based on the method shown in FIG. 4 according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例中将一个时隙中包括的PDSCH进行切分的示意图;8 is a schematic diagram of segmenting a PDSCH included in a time slot according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例中,按照图7所示的方法发送码本信息的示意图;9 is a schematic diagram of sending codebook information according to the method shown in FIG. 7 according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;10 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12A~图12B为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的两种结构示意图。12A-12B are schematic diagrams of two structures of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了使本发明实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本发明实施例作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions, and advantages of the embodiments of the present invention clearer, the embodiments of the present invention will be described in further detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
以下,对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。In the following, some terms in the embodiments of the present application are explained so as to facilitate understanding by those skilled in the art.
1)终端设备,包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音和/或数据。该终端设备可以包括用户设备(user equipment,UE)、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端设备(remote terminal)、接入终端设备(access terminal)、用户终端设备(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。例如,可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话),具有移动终端设备的计算机,便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,智能穿戴式设备等。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、等设备。还包括受限设备,例如功耗较低的设备,或存储能力有限的设备,或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、激光扫描器、智能打印机、火车探测器、加油站等设备。终端设备的主要功能包括收集数据(部分终端设备)、接收网络设备的控制信息与下行数据,并发送电磁波,向网络设备传输上行数据。1) Terminal devices, including devices that provide voice and / or data connectivity to users, may include, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem. The terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN) and exchange voice and / or data with the RAN. The terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station Station (remote station), access point (access point (AP)), remote terminal device (remote terminal), access terminal device (access terminal), user terminal device (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user Equipment (user device) and so on. For example, it may include a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone), a computer with a mobile terminal device, a portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built or vehicle-mounted mobile device, a smart wearable device, and the like. For example, personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants, PDA), etc. It also includes restricted devices, such as devices with lower power consumption, devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners, smart printers, train detectors, gas stations and other equipment. The main functions of the terminal equipment include collecting data (some terminal equipment), receiving control information and downlink data from network equipment, and sending electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to the network equipment.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。By way of example and not limitation, in the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices, which are the general name for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a device that is worn directly on the body or is integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broad-spectrum wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, full or partial functions that do not rely on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on certain types of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as various types of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry for physical signs monitoring.
2)网络设备,例如包括基站(例如,接入点),可以是指接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个小区与无线终端设备通信的设备。网络设备可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(IP)分组进行相互转换,作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。网络设备还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如,网络设备可以包括长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统或演进的LTE系统(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),或者也可以包括5G NR系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB),本申请实施例并不限定。网络设备可以包括宏基站、微基站、室内热点、以及中继节点等,功能是向终端设备发送无线电波,一方面实现下行数据传输,另一方面发送调度信息控制上行传输,并接收终端设备发送的无线电波,接收上行数据传输。2) A network device, for example, includes a base station (for example, an access point), which may refer to a device in an access network that communicates with a wireless terminal device through one or more cells on an air interface. The network device can be used to convert the received air frame and the Internet Protocol (IP) packet to each other, as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network can include an IP network. The network equipment can also coordinate the management of the attributes of the air interface. For example, the network equipment may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional NodeB) in a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), or It may also include a next generation node B (gNB) in the 5G NR system, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. Network equipment can include macro base stations, micro base stations, indoor hotspots, and relay nodes. The function is to send radio waves to terminal equipment. On the one hand, it implements downlink data transmission. On the other hand, it sends scheduling information to control uplink transmission. Radio waves to receive uplink data transmission.
另外,在本申请实施例中,网络设备为小区提供服务,终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与网络设备进行通信,该小区可以是网络设备(例如基站)对应的小区,小区可以属于宏基站,也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(Metro cell)、微小区(Micro cell)、微微小区(Pico cell)、毫微微小区(Femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的 特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, a network device provides services for a cell, and a terminal device communicates with the network device through a transmission resource (for example, a frequency domain resource or a spectrum resource) used by the cell, and the cell may be a network device (For example, a base station) The corresponding cell. The cell can belong to a macro base station or a small cell. The small cell here can include: urban cell, micro cell, and pico cell. (Pico cells), femto cells (Femto cells), etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
此外,LTE系统或NR系统中的载波上可以同时有多个小区同频工作,在某些特殊场景下,也可以认为上述载波与小区的概念等同。例如在载波聚合(carrier aggregation,CA)场景下,当为终端设备配置辅载波时,会同时携带辅载波的载波索引和工作在该辅载波的辅小区的小区标识(cell indentify,Cell ID),在这种情况下,可以认为载波与小区的概念等同,例如终端设备接入一个载波和接入一个小区是等同的。In addition, the carriers in the LTE system or the NR system can have multiple cells working at the same frequency at the same time. In some special scenarios, the above concepts of carriers and cells can be considered equivalent. For example, in a carrier aggregation (CA) scenario, when a secondary carrier is configured for a terminal device, it will carry both the carrier index of the secondary carrier and the cell ID (cell ID) of the secondary cell operating on the secondary carrier. In this case, the concept of a carrier and a cell can be considered to be equal, for example, a terminal device accessing a carrier and accessing a cell are equivalent.
3)子载波间隔,正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)系统中,频域上相邻的两个子载波的中心位置或峰值位置之间的间隔值。例如,LTE系统中的子载波间隔为15(kilohertz,kHz),NR系统的子载波间隔可以是15kHz,或30kHz,或60kHz,或120kHz等。3) Subcarrier interval. In an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system, the interval between the center or peak positions of two adjacent subcarriers in the frequency domain. For example, the subcarrier interval in the LTE system is 15 (kilohertz, kHz), and the subcarrier interval in the NR system may be 15kHz, or 30kHz, or 60kHz, or 120kHz.
可参考如下的表1:Can refer to the following Table 1:
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2019081775-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2019081775-appb-000001
其中,μ用于指示子载波间隔,例如,μ=0时,子载波间隔为15kHz,μ=1时,子载波间隔为30kHz。Among them, μ is used to indicate the subcarrier interval. For example, when μ = 0, the subcarrier interval is 15kHz, and when μ = 1, the subcarrier interval is 30kHz.
4)极高可靠性低时延(ultra-reliable/low latency communication,URLLC)业务,5G通信系统相比与4G通信系统的一大特征,就是增加了对超可靠低时延业务的支持。URLLC的业务种类包括很多种,典型的用例包括工业控制、工业生产流程自动化、人机交互和远程医疗等。为更好的量化URLLC业务的性能指标,从而给5G系统设计提供基准输入和评估准则,3GPP RAN和RAN 1工作组对URLLC业务的性能指标做了如下定义:4) Ultra-reliable / low latency (URLLC) services. Compared with 4G communication systems, a major feature of 5G communication systems is the addition of support for ultra-reliable low-latency services. URLLC's business types include many types. Typical use cases include industrial control, industrial production process automation, human-computer interaction, and telemedicine. In order to better quantify the performance indicators of URLLC services and thus provide benchmark input and evaluation criteria for 5G system design, the 3GPP RAN and RAN working groups have defined the performance indicators of URLLC services as follows:
时延:用户应用层数据包从发送端无线协议栈层2/3的服务数据单元(service data unit,SDU)到达接收端无线协议栈层2/3SDU所需的传输时间。URLLC业务的用户面时延要求对于上下行均为0.5ms,上述要求仅适用于基站和终端都不处于非连续接收态(discontinuous reception,DRX)。需要指出这里0.5ms的性能要求是指数据包的平均时延,不与下述的可靠性要求绑定。Delay: The transmission time required for a user application layer data packet to reach the receiving end wireless protocol stack layer 2 / 3SDU from the service data unit (SDU) at the transmitting wireless protocol stack layer 2/3. The user plane delay requirement of the URLLC service is 0.5 ms for both uplink and downlink. The above requirements only apply to the base station and the terminal are not in a discontinuous reception state (DRX). It should be pointed out that the performance requirement of 0.5ms here refers to the average delay of the data packet and is not bound to the reliability requirements described below.
可靠性:发送端在一定时间内(L秒)向接收端正确传输X比特数据的成功概率,上述的时间仍定义为用户应用层数据包从发送端无线协议栈层2/3SDU到达接收端无线协议栈层2/3SDU所需的时间。对于URLLC业务,一个典型需求是在1ms内发送32字节(bytes)数据要达到99.999%的可靠性。需要指出的是,上述性能指标仅是个典型值,具体URLLC业务可能对可靠性有不同的需求,例如某些极端苛刻的工业控制需要在端到端时延在0.25ms内达到99.9999999%的传输成功概率。Reliability: The success probability of the transmitting end correctly transmitting X-bit data to the receiving end within a certain period of time (L seconds), the above time is still defined as the user application layer data packet arrives at the receiving end wireless from the transmitting end wireless protocol stack layer 2 / 3SDU The time required for the protocol stack layer 2 / 3SDU. For URLLC services, a typical requirement is to send 32 bytes of data within 1ms to achieve 99.999% reliability. It should be pointed out that the above performance indicators are only typical values. Specific URLLC services may have different requirements for reliability. For example, some extremely harsh industrial controls need to achieve 99.9999999% transmission success within an end-to-end delay of 0.25ms. Probability.
系统容量:在满足一定比例的中断用户的前提下的系统所能达到的小区最大吞吐量, 这里的中断用户,是指无法满足其在一定时延范围内的可靠性需求的用户。System capacity: the maximum cell throughput that the system can achieve under the premise of meeting a certain percentage of interrupted users. Here, the interrupted users refer to users who cannot meet their reliability requirements within a certain delay range.
5)HARQ,是一种高效的传输机制。一方面,通过重传可以极大地提高下行数据传输的可靠性,另一方面,终端设备反馈HARQ的ACK/NACK,只有在反馈NACK时,基站才需要进行重传,降低了数据传输的整体资源消耗。在NR系统的设计中,为了支持URLLC数据的低时延、高可靠传输,做了HARQ增强,主要通过两个方面实现,一方面是HARQ-less重传,即,不需要等待终端设备反馈ACK/NACK,基站直接进行重传,以减小下行数据传输时延;另一方面,是ACK/NACK反馈增强,即,降低终端设备译码PDSCH的时间,从而压缩HARQ传输的环回时延(round-trip time,RTT)。目的是增加规定时延内的HARQ重传次数,从而可以保障URLLC数据的低时延和高可靠传输。5) HARQ is an efficient transmission mechanism. On the one hand, the reliability of downlink data transmission can be greatly improved through retransmission. On the other hand, the terminal equipment feeds back HARQ's ACK / NACK. Only when the NACK is fed back, the base station needs to retransmit, which reduces the overall data transmission resources. Consume. In the design of the NR system, in order to support low-latency and high-reliability transmission of URLLC data, HARQ enhancements have been made, which are mainly implemented in two aspects. One is HARQ-less retransmission, that is, there is no need to wait for the terminal device to feedback ACK. / NACK, the base station directly retransmits to reduce the delay of downlink data transmission; on the other hand, it is ACK / NACK feedback enhancement, that is, reducing the time for the terminal device to decode the PDSCH, thereby compressing the loopback delay of HARQ transmission ( round-trip time (RTT). The purpose is to increase the number of HARQ retransmissions within a specified time delay, thereby ensuring low-latency and highly reliable transmission of URLLC data.
6)带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP),是指信道带宽中的一部分,也可以叫做“工作带宽(operating bandwidth)”或者传输带宽,迷你BWP(mini BWP)、BWP单元(BWP Unit)、BP子带等,可以简称为BWP,也可以简称为BP,本申请实施例中不对带宽部分的名称以及简称进行具体限定。BWP可以是频域上的一段连续的资源。例如,一个带宽部分包含连续的K(K>0)个子载波;或者,一个带宽部分为N(N>0)个不重叠的连续的资源块(resource block,RB)所在的频域资源;或者,一个带宽部分为M(M>0)个不重叠的连续的资源块组(resource block group,RBG)所在的频域资源,其中一个RBG包括P(P>0)个连续的RB。一个带宽部分与一个特定的系统参数(numerology)相关,所述系统参数包括子载波间隔和循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)中的至少一种。6) Bandwidth part (BWP) refers to a part of the channel bandwidth. It can also be called "operating bandwidth" or transmission bandwidth. Mini BWP (BWP), BWP Unit (BWP Unit), and BP The band and the like may be abbreviated as BWP or BP. The names and abbreviations of the bandwidth part are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application. BWP can be a continuous resource in the frequency domain. For example, a bandwidth part contains consecutive K (K> 0) subcarriers; or a bandwidth part is frequency domain resources where N (N> 0) non-overlapping consecutive resource blocks (RBs) are located; or A frequency domain resource where a bandwidth part is M (M> 0) non-overlapping continuous resource block groups (resource block group, RBG), and one RBG includes P (P> 0) consecutive RBs. A bandwidth part is related to a specific system parameter (numerology), which includes at least one of a subcarrier interval and a cyclic prefix (CP).
7)高层信令,可以是指高层协议层发出的信令,高层协议层为物理层以上的至少一个协议层。其中,高层协议层具体可以包括以下协议层中的至少一个:媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)层、无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、分组数据会聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层、无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层和非接入层(non access stratum,NAS)。7) High-level signaling may refer to signaling sent by a high-level protocol layer, and the high-level protocol layer is at least one protocol layer above the physical layer. The high-level protocol layer may specifically include at least one of the following protocol layers: a medium access control (MAC) layer, a radio link control (RLC) layer, and a packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence) protocol (PDCP) layer, radio resource control (RRC) layer and non-access stratum (NAS).
8)本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“多个”是指两个或两个以上,鉴于此,本申请实施例中也可以将“多个”理解为“至少两个”。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,字符“/”,如无特殊说明,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。8) The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application can be used interchangeably. "Multiple" means two or more. In view of this, in the embodiments of the present application, "multiple" can also be understood as "at least two". "And / or" describes the association relationship between related objects and indicates that there can be three types of relationships. For example, A and / or B can indicate that there are three cases in which A exists alone, A and B exist, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/", unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
以及,除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。And, unless otherwise stated, the ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or Importance.
本申请实施例可以适用于LTE系统或NR系统,还可以适用于下一代移动通信系统或其他类似的通信系统。The embodiments of the present application may be applied to an LTE system or an NR system, and may also be applied to a next-generation mobile communication system or other similar communication systems.
为了便于阐述相关技术,下面首先对NR标准中目前的ACK/NACK反馈方式进行简单介绍,主要涉及下行HARQ-ACK时机(timing)、HARQ-ACK码本确定和PUCCH资源确定等几个方面。In order to facilitate the explanation of related technologies, the following first briefly introduces the current ACK / NACK feedback method in the NR standard, which mainly involves several aspects such as downlink HARQ-ACK timing, HARQ-ACK codebook determination, and PUCCH resource determination.
第一方面、HARQ-ACK Timing K1:目前的下行传输是通过下行控制信息(downlink control link,DCI)调度,对应的DCI格式(format)包括DCI format 1_0和DCI format 1_1,DCI format 1_0是回退模式,DCI format 1_1是正常模式。DCI format 1_0和DCI format 1_1中都会包含PDSCH-to-HARQ-timing字节,该字节一般是三比特,取值为“000”~“111”,指示PDSCH的传输时隙与对应的ACK/NACK传输时隙之间的偏移值,该偏移值记为K1, 其中,这三比特的哪种取值具体指示的K1是多少,是通过RRC配置的或预定义的,例如在正常模式下,从16个取值中配置8个值,这8个值与三比特的取值一一对应,这16个值至少支持0~8,或者在回退模式下,预定义的8个值是1~8。The first aspect, HARQ-ACK Timing K1: The current downlink transmission is scheduled through downlink control information (DCI). The corresponding DCI formats include DCI format 1_0 and DCI format 1_1, and DCI format 1_0 is a fallback. Mode, DCI format 1_1 is the normal mode. The DCI format 1_0 and DCI format 1_1 both contain PDSCH-to-HARQ-timing bytes. This byte is generally three bits with a value of "000" to "111", indicating the PDSCH transmission slot and the corresponding ACK / The offset value between NACK transmission time slots. The offset value is recorded as K1. Which of the three bits specifically indicates the value of K1 is configured or predefined by RRC, for example, in normal mode. Next, configure 8 values from 16 values. These 8 values correspond to the three-bit values one by one. These 16 values support at least 0 to 8, or in the fallback mode, 8 predefined values. It is 1 to 8.
终端设备在接收DCI后,首先从DCI包括的时间域资源位置(TimeDomainResourceAllocation)字节中获取该DCI所调度的PDSCH所在的时隙和所在的符号信息,然后根据PDSCH-to-HARQ-timing字节获取K1的取值,从而获知ACK/NACK所在的时隙信息。After receiving the DCI, the terminal device first obtains the time slot and the symbol information of the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI from the TimeDomainResourceAllocation byte included in the DCI, and then according to the PDSCH-to-HARQ-timing byte Obtain the value of K1, so as to know the time slot information of the ACK / NACK.
第二方面、HARQ-ACK码本的确定,具体的,又分为动态码本(dynamic codebook)和半静态码本(semi-static codebook)这两种确定方式。In the second aspect, the determination of the HARQ-ACK codebook is specifically divided into two determination methods: a dynamic codebook and a semi-static codebook.
1、动态码本,又称为类型(type)2HARQ codebook。终端设备在每个下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)检测时机(monitoring occasion)检测PDSCH,根据TimeDomainResourceAllocation字节和PDSCH-to-HARQ-timing字节,确定检测到的PDCCH format 1_0或PDCCH format 1_1调度的PDSCH在哪个时隙传输,以及确定对应的ACK/NACK在哪个时隙反馈。同时,DCI format 1_0和DCI format 1_1中还包含下行分配指示(downlink assignment index,DAI)信息,终端设备根据DAI信息可以获知两次检测到的、需要在相同时隙内反馈的ACK/NACK的PDCCH之间,漏检了几个调度的ACK/NACK需要在相同时隙内反馈的PDCCH。1. Dynamic codebook, also known as type 2 HARQ codebook. The terminal device detects the PDSCH at the monitoring timing of each downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH), and determines the detected PDCCH format 1_0 or PDCCH format according to the TimeDomainResourceAllocation byte and the PDSCH-to-HARQ-timing byte. In what time slot is the PDSCH scheduled for 1_1 transmission, and in which time slot does the corresponding ACK / NACK feedback be determined. At the same time, DCI formats 1_0 and DCI formats 1_1 also include downlink assignment indicator (DAI) information, and the terminal device can learn the ACK / NACK PDCCH that is detected twice and needs to be fed back in the same time slot based on the DAI information. In the meantime, several scheduled ACK / NACK PDCCHs that need to be fed back in the same time slot are missed.
需要说明的是,type 2HARQ codebook中码本的确定只是根据DCI中的DAI信息,而不考虑实际的PDSCH调度信息。It should be noted that the determination of the codebook in the type 2 HARQ codebook is only based on the DAI information in the DCI, and does not consider the actual PDSCH scheduling information.
2、半静态码本,又称为type 1HARQ codebook。在这种方式下,终端设备根据高层配置获取K1的可能的取值集合,再根据高层配置的TimeDomainResourceAllocation表格,确定PDCCH到PDSCH的时隙偏移值,记为K0,以及确定PDSCH时域位置的潜在取值集合。基于上述信息,终端设备可以确定每个时隙内最多需要反馈的ACK/NACK的数量。2. Semi-static codebook, also known as type HARQ codebook. In this way, the terminal device obtains the possible value set of K1 according to the high-level configuration, and then determines the time slot offset value from PDCCH to PDSCH according to the TimeDomainResourceAllocation table configured at the high-level, records it as K0, and determines the PDSCH time-domain position. Potential value set. Based on the above information, the terminal device can determine the maximum number of ACK / NACKs that need to be fed back in each time slot.
例如,对于时隙n,终端设备可以遍历高层配置的或者预定义的K1的所有取值,假设K1的取值有N个,则终端设备可以根据N个K1的取值确定PDSCH所在的时隙的集合。For example, for time slot n, the terminal device can traverse all the values of K1 configured or predefined by the upper layer. Assuming that there are N values of K1, the terminal device can determine the time slot of the PDSCH according to the values of N K1. Collection.
依次针对每个潜在的PDSCH时隙(K1的取值可以由大到小排列),也就是针对确定的PDSCH所在的时隙的集合中的每个时隙,终端设备可以遍历高层配置的M种TimeDomainResourceAllocation的取值,TimeDomainResourceAllocation的每个取值对应1个时隙偏移值K0和PDSCH时域位置。对于一种TimeDomainResourceAllocation取值,如果根据K0计算出来的PDCCH所在的时隙可以调度PDCCH(即,根据高层配置的PDCCH检测周期和偏移,可以确定该PDCCH所在的时隙属于PDCCH检测时隙,且该时隙的下行(DL)-上行(UL)的配比可以保障进行下行传输),并且对应的PDSCH时域位置可以用于下行传输(即,该PDSCH的任何一个时域符号都没有被配置为上行符号),则该PDSCH被认为是候选(candidate)PDSCH时机(occasion)。For each potential PDSCH time slot in turn (the value of K1 can be arranged from large to small), that is, for each time slot in the set of time slots where the determined PDSCH is located, the terminal device can traverse M types of high-level configurations The value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation, each value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation corresponds to a slot offset value K0 and the PDSCH time domain location. For a value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation, if the time slot where the PDCCH is calculated according to K0 can be scheduled for the PDCCH (that is, according to the PDCCH detection period and offset configured by the higher layer, it can be determined that the time slot where the PDCCH belongs is a PDCCH detection time slot, and The downlink (DL) -uplink (UL) ratio of the time slot can ensure downlink transmission, and the corresponding PDSCH time domain position can be used for downlink transmission (that is, any time domain symbol of the PDSCH is not configured. Is the uplink symbol), then the PDSCH is considered as a candidate PDSCH occasion.
在一个时隙中,如果不同的候选PDSCH时机在时域上有重叠,那么终端设备只进行一次计数,也就是说,针对这些有重叠的候选PDSCH时机,终端设备只需反馈一份ACK/NACK。具体的,终端设备可以通过对时隙中的候选PDSCH时机进行切分来确定对哪些候选PDSCH时机只反馈一份ACK/NACK。可参考图2,所示为一个时隙,假设TimeDomainResourceAllocation有M=16种取值,分别对应图2中的#0~#15,并且这些 PDSCH时机对应的PDCCH可以被传输,这些PDSCH时机的时域位置也可以进行下行传输,则候选PDSCH时机就包括图2中的#0~#15。其中的#0表示第1个候选PDSCH时机,其他的以此类推。对这16个候选PDSCH时机进行切分,切分位置如图2中竖直的虚线所示。切分后得到四个候选PDSCH时机组(group),可以看到,这4个候选PDSCH时机组包括的候选PDSCH时机分别为{#0,#1,#2,#3,#4,#6,#12}、{#7,#9,#13}、{#5,#8,#10,#14}、{#11,#15}。对于这4个候选PDSCH时机组中的每个候选PDSCH时机组来说,都包括了多个候选PDSCH时机,但是一个候选PDSCH时机组所包括的候选PDSCH时机在时域上是有重叠的,因此,终端设备对于每个候选PDSCH时机组就最多只会发送一份ACK/NACK,而不会针对其中的每个候选PDSCH时机都发送ACK/NACK。以图2为例,例如K1的取值集合中包括8个取值,也就是说需要在时隙n反馈ACK/NACK的PDSCH的传输时隙有8个,终端设备就一共需要发送4×8=32个ACK/NACK,这32个ACK/NACK也就是待发送的码本,或者称为ACK/NACK码本。In a time slot, if different candidate PDSCH timings overlap in the time domain, the terminal device only counts once, that is, for these overlapping candidate PDSCH timings, the terminal device only needs to feedback an ACK / NACK . Specifically, the terminal device may determine which candidate PDSCH occasions to feed back only one ACK / NACK by segmenting the candidate PDSCH occasions in the time slot. Refer to Figure 2. A time slot is shown. Assuming TimeDomainResourceAllocation has M = 16 values, which correspond to # 0 ~ # 15 in Figure 2, and the PDCCH corresponding to these PDSCH timings can be transmitted. The timing of these PDSCH timings The domain location can also perform downlink transmission, and the candidate PDSCH timing includes # 0 to # 15 in FIG. 2. # 0 indicates the timing of the first PDSCH candidate, and so on. The 16 candidate PDSCH timings are segmented, and the segmentation positions are shown by the vertical dotted lines in FIG. 2. After segmentation, four candidate PDSCH groups are obtained. It can be seen that the candidate PDSCH timings included in the four candidate PDSCH groups are {# 0, # 1, # 2, # 3, # 4, # 6. , # 12}, {# 7, # 9, # 13}, {# 5, # 8, # 10, # 14}, {# 11, # 15}. For each of the four candidate PDSCH timing units, each candidate PDSCH timing unit includes multiple candidate PDSCH timings, but the candidate PDSCH timings included in a candidate PDSCH timing unit overlap in the time domain, so The terminal device will only send at most one ACK / NACK for each candidate PDSCH, and will not send ACK / NACK for each candidate PDSCH timing. Taking Figure 2 as an example, for example, the value set of K1 includes 8 values, that is, there are 8 PDSCH transmission slots that need to feed back ACK / NACK in slot n, and the terminal device needs to send a total of 4 × 8 = 32 ACK / NACK, these 32 ACK / NACKs are also codebooks to be transmitted, or are called ACK / NACK codebooks.
需要说明的是,type 1HARQ codebook中码本的确定与DCI中的DAI信息关系不大,准确来说,DCI中的DAI只有1比特,该1比特取值为0时,是表示根据上述步骤确定半静态码本,该1比特取值为1时,将结合其他条件进行回退处理的判决。It should be noted that the determination of the codebook in the type 1 HARQ codebook has little relationship with the DAI information in the DCI. To be precise, the DCI in the DCI has only 1 bit. When the value of the 1 bit is 0, it means that it is determined according to the above steps. For a semi-static codebook, when the value of 1 bit is 1, a decision to perform a rollback process is performed in combination with other conditions.
整体来说,type 1HARQ codebook中码本的确定,是取决于K1取值集合(K1Set),TimeDomainResourceAllocation的取值集合,以及DL-UL的配比。In general, the determination of the codebook in the type 1 HARQ codebook depends on the K1 value set (K1Set), the TimeDomainResourceAllocation value set, and the DL-UL ratio.
第三方面、确定传输码本的PUCCH资源。在确定1个时隙内的HARQ-ACK码本后,终端设备会首先确定需要反馈的ACK/NCK的比特数目,即载荷大小(payload size),然后根据payload size选择一个PUCCH资源集(resource set)。其中,每个PUCCH resource set中包含最少8个、最多32个PUCCH resource,终端设备进一步根据接收的一个PDCCH中的ACK/NACK资源指示(ACK/NCK resource indicator,ARI)以及隐式指示方式,来确定从该PUCCH资源集中选择哪个PUCCH资源发送ACK/NACK码本,其中,这一个PDCCH,是指终端设备成功检测到的PDCCH中调度的PDSCH对应的ACK/NACK在相同时间单元内反馈的最后一个PDCCH。The third aspect is to determine the PUCCH resource of the transmission codebook. After determining the HARQ-ACK codebook in one time slot, the terminal device first determines the number of ACK / NCK bits that need to be fed back, that is, the payload size, and then selects a PUCCH resource set according to the payload size. ). Among them, each PUCCH resource set includes a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 32 PUCCH resources, and the terminal device is further based on the received ACK / NACK resource indicator (ACK / NCK resource indicator, ARI) in the PDCCH and the implicit indication method. Determine which PUCCH resource is selected from the PUCCH resource set to send the ACK / NACK codebook, where this PDCCH refers to the last ACK / NACK feedback corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled in the PDCCH successfully detected by the terminal device within the same time unit PDCCH.
例如,NR系统中可以配置K(1≤K≤4)个PUCCH Resource Sets,其中的PUCCH Resource Set k(k=0,1,2,3)能够承载的ACK/NCK payload size,记为N UCI,N UCI的取值范围为N k≤N UCI<N k+1,目前NR系统规定,N 0=1,N 1=3。 For example, K (1≤K≤4) PUCCH Resource Sets can be configured in the NR system, where the PUCCH Resource Set k (k = 0,1,2,3) can carry the ACK / NCK payload size, denoted as N UCI , N UCI ranges N k ≤N UCI <N k + 1, the current system specifies NR, N 0 = 1, N 1 = 3.
ARI一般是3比特,当一个PUCCH resource set中的PUCCH资源数目大于8时,会将该PUCCH resource set中的PUCCH资源分为8个子集(subset),通过ARI可以指示选择哪个subset,再利用PDCCH的起始控制信道粒子(control channel element,CCE)索引(index)来隐式指示选择该subset中哪个PUCCH资源。The ARI is generally 3 bits. When the number of PUCCH resources in a PUCCH resource set is greater than 8, the PUCCH resources in the PUCCH resource set are divided into 8 subsets. The ARI can indicate which subset is selected and then use the PDCCH. Control element (CCE) index of the starting control channel to implicitly indicate which PUCCH resource in the subset is selected.
在选择PUCCH资源后,终端设备就可以通过该PUCCH资源发送ACK/NACK码本。After selecting the PUCCH resource, the terminal device can send an ACK / NACK codebook through the PUCCH resource.
但是目前,3GPP在NR标准中确定,在一个时隙内反馈的ACK/NACK需要联合编码为1个HARQ-ACK码本,使用1个PUCCH资源进行反馈。如图1所示,下行传输使用的子载波间隔为30kHz,上行传输使用的子载波间隔为15kHz。受限于终端设备的数据译码能力,PDSCH1的ACK/NACK最快可以在图1中的上行的第二个时隙的起始符号处反馈,但是后续调度的PDSCH2的ACK/NACK最快只能在该上行的第二个时隙的末尾反馈。这样,由于1个时隙内的ACK/NACK需要联合编码反馈,则PDSCH1的ACK/NACK会被延后传输,如图1中,如果PDSCH1的ACK/NACK能够得到及时反馈,则PDSCH1的 重传应该发生在“×”所示的位置,但因为PDSCH1的ACK/NACK被延后传输,因此PDSCH1的重传只能发生在“√”所示的位置,如果PDSCH1的ACK/NACK是NACK,则基站对PDSCH1的重传也会相应被延后。可见,目前的ACK/NACK反馈方式对下行数据的传输时延影响较大。However, at present, the 3GPP has determined in the NR standard that the ACK / NACK that is fed back within one slot needs to be jointly encoded into a HARQ-ACK codebook, and 1 PUCCH resource is used for feedback. As shown in Figure 1, the subcarrier interval used for downlink transmission is 30kHz, and the subcarrier interval used for uplink transmission is 15kHz. Limited by the data decoding capability of the terminal device, the fastest ACK / NACK of PDSCH1 can be fed back at the start symbol of the second uplink time slot in Figure 1, but the fastest scheduled ACK / NACK of PDSCH2 is only Feedback can be made at the end of the second uplink time slot. In this way, since the ACK / NACK in one slot needs joint coding feedback, the ACK / NACK of PDSCH1 will be delayed for transmission. As shown in Figure 1, if the ACK / NACK of PDSCH1 can be timely feedback, the PDSCH1 retransmission It should occur at the position shown by "×", but because the ACK / NACK of PDSCH1 is delayed, the retransmission of PDSCH1 can only occur at the position shown by "√". If the ACK / NACK of PDSCH1 is NACK, then The base station's retransmission of PDSCH1 will also be delayed accordingly. It can be seen that the current ACK / NACK feedback method has a great impact on the transmission delay of downlink data.
另外,在目前对NR的讨论中,一些公司提出要区分URLLC业务的ACK/NACK与增强移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband,eMBB)业务的ACK/NACK,基于业务区分后,如果URLLC的ACK/NCK和eMBB的ACK/NCK在1个时隙内传输,则可以进行优化处理,典型的优化处理包括:In addition, in the current discussion of NR, some companies have proposed to distinguish between ACK / NACK for URLLC services and ACK / NACK for enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB) services. Based on service differentiation, if URLLC's ACK / NCK and eMBB's ACK / NCK is transmitted in one time slot, and can be optimized. Typical optimization processing includes:
只发送URLLC业务的ACK/NCK,将eMBB业务的ACK/NCK延后到下一个时隙发送;或,Send only the ACK / NCK of the URLLC service, and delay the ACK / NCK of the eMBB service to the next time slot for sending; or,
只发送URLLC业务的ACK/NCK,不发送eMBB业务的ACK/NCK;或,Send only ACK / NCK for URLLC services, not ACK / NCK for eMBB services; or,
将eMBB业务的ACK/NCK进行压缩编码,如进行全体异或操作,将压缩后的比特域URLLC业务的ACK/NCK比特联合编码传输;或,Compress / encode the ACK / NCK of the eMBB service, such as performing an exclusive OR operation, and transmitting the compressed ACK / NCK bit of the URLLC service in the compressed bit field; or,
将URLLC业务的ACK/NCK比特和eMBB业务的ACK/NCK比特分别编码,添加不同的冗余或重复,之后再串联传输,替代将URLLC业务的ACK/NCK比特和eMBB业务的ACK/NCK比特统一进行联合编码传输的方式。Encode the ACK / NCK bits of the URLLC service and the ACK / NCK bits of the eMBB service, add different redundancy or duplication, and then transmit them in series. The method of joint coded transmission.
但是上述技术主要是用于解决URLLC业务的ACK/NCK的传输可靠性的问题,对于降低URLLC业务ACK/NCK传输时延的作用较小,例如,当URLLC业务有2个PDSCH连续到达,对应的ACK/NCK分别需要在1个时隙内的开始位置和结束位置反馈,则上述方法仍然无法保障第一个PDSCH的ACK/NCK能够得到及时反馈。However, the above technology is mainly used to solve the problem of ACK / NCK transmission reliability of URLLC services, and has a small effect on reducing the delay of ACK / NCK transmission of URLLC services. For example, when two PDSCHs arrive consecutively for URLLC services, the corresponding The ACK / NCK needs feedback of the start position and the end position within one time slot, respectively. The above method still cannot guarantee that the ACK / NCK of the first PDSCH can get timely feedback.
鉴于此,提供本申请实施例的技术方案,可以有效减小反馈信息的发送时延,从而也就相应减小了下行数据的传输时延。In view of this, the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application can effectively reduce the transmission delay of the feedback information, thereby reducing the transmission delay of the downlink data accordingly.
请参见图3,为本申请实施例的一种应用场景。在图3中包括网络设备以及多个终端设备,网络设备例如为基站,终端设备的类型可以有多种,例如终端设备1为电视机,终端设备5为手机,终端设备6为智能打印机,等等。Please refer to FIG. 3, which is an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application. FIG. 3 includes a network device and a plurality of terminal devices. The network device is, for example, a base station. There may be various types of terminal devices. For example, the terminal device 1 is a television, the terminal device 5 is a mobile phone, and the terminal device 6 is a smart printer. Wait.
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的发送、接收码本信息的方法,在下文的介绍过程中,以将该方法应用在图3所示的应用场景为例,那么下文中所述的网络设备可以通过图3中的网络设备或设置在该网络设备中的芯片实现,下文中所述的终端设备可以通过图3中所示的一个终端设备或设置在该终端设备中的芯片实现。请参见图4,为该方法的流程图。The following describes the method for sending and receiving codebook information provided in the embodiments of the present application. In the following introduction process, the method is applied to the application scenario shown in FIG. 3 as an example. Then, the network device described below can be implemented through The network device in FIG. 3 or a chip provided in the network device is implemented. The terminal device described below may be implemented by a terminal device shown in FIG. 3 or a chip provided in the terminal device. See Figure 4 for a flowchart of the method.
S41、网络设备向终端设备发送高层信令,则终端设备接收来自网络设备的高层信令。S41. The network device sends high-level signaling to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the high-level signaling from the network device.
该高层信令例如为RRC信令,通过高层信令可以配置多种信息,例如通过高层信令配置的信息可以包括以下的一种或多种:The high-level signaling is, for example, RRC signaling, and various types of information can be configured through high-level signaling. For example, the information configured through high-level signaling may include one or more of the following:
配置1:DL的子载波间隔(SCS)和UL的子载波间隔。Configuration 1: DL's subcarrier spacing (SCS) and UL's subcarrier spacing.
配置2:用于承载ACK/NCK的PUCCH资源集的信息。Configuration 2: Information of the PUCCH resource set used to carry ACK / NCK.
配置3:ACK/NACK的反馈粒度,例如配置进行传输块(transportblock,TB)为粒度的ACK/NCK反馈,那么就表示无需进行码子组(codeword group,CBG)为粒度的ACK/NCK反馈,只需要进行TB为粒度的ACK/NCK反馈。例如通过配置3还配置一个PDSCH传输的TB数目,例如该数目为1,即,1个PDSCH只承载1个TB。Configuration 3: ACK / NACK feedback granularity. For example, if you configure transport block (TB) as granular ACK / NCK feedback, it means that you do not need to perform codeword group (CBG) granular ACK / NCK feedback. ACK / NCK feedback with TB granularity is required. For example, through configuration 3, the number of TBs transmitted by one PDSCH is also configured. For example, the number is 1, that is, one PDSCH only carries one TB.
配置4:K1的取值集合。Configuration 4: K1 value set.
配置5:根据PDCCH中TimeDomainResourceAllocation的长度,为 TimeDomainResourceAllocation的每个取值分别配置参数组,而TimeDomainResourceAllocation的一个取值对应一个候选接收时机,关于候选接收时机,将在后文介绍。例如,为其中的每个取值配置的参数组包括参数组A中的一个参数或多个参数,参数组A包括{TimeDomainResourceAllocation,K0,SLIV,PDSCH映射类型(Mapping type),ACK/NCK Codebook ID},对于TimeDomainResourceAllocation的不同的取值来说,该参数组中的部分参数或全部参数的取值会有所不同。其中,K0表示PDCCH-to-PDSCH-timing,即PDCCH到PDSCH之间的时隙偏移值,也可称为PDSCH与PDCCH之间的定时偏移值,指的是一个PDSCH所在的时间单元的编号与调度该PDSCH的PDCCH所在的时间单元编号之间的差值。起始-长度指示数值(start and length indicator value,SLIV)表示PDSCH的时域位置,包括起始符号和PDSCH的持续长度,PDSCH Mapping Type表示PDSCH的映射类型是Type A还是Type B,用于指示PDSCH中解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)的位置,HARQ-ACK Codebook ID表示该PDSCH对应的ACK/NCK所属的HARQ-ACK码本的码本标识信息。Configuration 5: According to the length of the TimeDomainResourceAllocation in the PDCCH, a parameter group is configured for each value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation, and a value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation corresponds to a candidate reception timing. The candidate reception timing will be described later. For example, the parameter group configured for each of these values includes one or more parameters in parameter group A. Parameter group A includes {TimeDomainResourceAllocation, K0, SLIV, PDSCH Mapping type, ACK / NCK Codebook ID }. For different values of TimeDomainResourceAllocation, the values of some or all parameters in this parameter group will be different. Among them, K0 represents PDCCH-to-PDSCH-timing, that is, the time slot offset value between PDCCH and PDSCH, which can also be called the timing offset value between PDSCH and PDCCH, which refers to the time unit of a PDSCH. The difference between the number and the time unit number where the PDCCH scheduling the PDSCH is located. The start-length indicator value (SLIV) indicates the time domain position of the PDSCH, including the start symbol and the continuous length of the PDSCH. PDSCH Mapping Type indicates whether the mapping type of the PDSCH is Type A or Type B, which is used to indicate The location of the demodulation reference signal (DMRS) in the PDSCH. The HARQ-ACK CodebookID represents the codebook identification information of the HARQ-ACK codebook to which the ACK / NCK corresponding to the PDSCH belongs.
关于配置5,例如,网络设备可通过高层信令配置PDSCH时域资源分配配置表格,该表格可包括2 N行,N为通过高层信令配置的、PDCCH中的TimeDomainResourceAllocation字节包括的比特数目。该表格的每一行可视为一项,则该表格可包括2 N项,其中的每一项对应TimeDomainResourceAllocation的一个取值,而TimeDomainResourceAllocation的一个取值也对应一个候选接收时机,因此,该表格配置了2 N个候选接收时机分别对应的参数组中的参数的取值。该表格可包括如下参数中的至少一项:TimeDomainResourceAllocation的取值、K0、SLIV、PDSCH的映射类型以及码本标识信息。例如,该表格至少包括TimeDomainResourceAllocation的取值,其他参数可以不包括也可以包括,或者,该表格至少包括SLIV,其他参数可以不包括也可以包括。 Regarding configuration 5, for example, a network device may configure a PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table through high-level signaling. The table may include 2 N rows, where N is the number of bits included in the TimeDomainResourceAllocation byte in the PDCCH configured through high-level signaling. Each row of the table can be regarded as one item, and the table can include 2 N items, each of which corresponds to a value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation, and a value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation also corresponds to a candidate receiving opportunity. Therefore, the table configuration The values of the parameters in the parameter group corresponding to the 2 N candidate receiving timings are respectively shown. The table may include at least one of the following parameters: the value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation, the mapping type of K0, SLIV, PDSCH, and codebook identification information. For example, the table includes at least the value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation, and other parameters may or may not be included, or the table includes at least SLIV, and other parameters may or may not be included.
例如,该表格的第一列对应的参数为TimeDomainResourceAllocation,第一列即为TimeDomainResourceAllocation的取值,这些取值分别为0,1,…,2 N-1。当然,TimeDomainResourceAllocation字节的取值可以视为一种参数,或者可以视为一种索引。该表格的第二列对应的参数为K0,第二列即为K0的取值,即PDCCH-to-PDSCH-Timing的取值,表示1个PDSCH所在的时间单元(如时隙)与调度该PDSCH的PDCCH所在的时间单元之间的编号的偏移值。该表格的第三列对应的参数为SLIV,第三列即为SLIV的取值,一个SLIV的取值对应唯一一个起始符号+时域长度配置。该表格的第四列对应的参数为PDSCH的映射类型,即PDSCH mapping type,PDSCH的映射类型包括Type A和Type B,是表示PDSCH中DMRS在PDSCH或者PDSCH所在的时间单元中的时域映射位置。该表格的第五列对应的参数为码本标识信息。当然,这里的表格的列与参数之间的对应关系只是示例,本申请实施例不限于此。以及,该表格可能还包括其他的参数,在此不一一列举。通过表格的方式,可以较为直观地将候选接收时机对应的参数组配置给终端设备。 For example, the parameter corresponding to the first column of the table is TimeDomainResourceAllocation, and the first column is the values of TimeDomainResourceAllocation, and these values are 0, 1, ..., 2 N -1. Of course, the value of the TimeDomainResourceAllocation byte can be regarded as a parameter or an index. The corresponding parameter in the second column of the table is K0, and the second column is the value of K0, which is the value of PDCCH-to-PDSCH-Timing, which indicates the time unit (such as time slot) where a PDSCH is located and the The offset value of the number between the time units where the PDCCH of the PDSCH is located. The corresponding parameter in the third column of the table is SLIV. The third column is the value of SLIV. The value of one SLIV corresponds to a unique start symbol + time domain length configuration. The corresponding parameter in the fourth column of the table is the PDSCH mapping type, that is, the PDSCH mapping type. The PDSCH mapping types include Type A and Type B. It is the time domain mapping position of the PDSCH in the PDSCH or the time unit where the PDSCH is located. . The corresponding parameter in the fifth column of the table is the codebook identification information. Of course, the correspondence between the columns of the table and the parameters is only an example, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. And, the table may also include other parameters, which are not listed here. By means of a table, a parameter group corresponding to a candidate receiving opportunity can be configured to the terminal device intuitively.
配置7:下行传输使用的载波(成员载波(component carrier))的数目和编号,上行ACK/NCK反馈使用的载波的编号。Configuration 7: the number and number of carriers (component carriers) used for downlink transmission, and the number of carriers used for uplink ACK / NCK feedback.
其中,关于如上的配置信息,网络设备可通过一条高层信令为终端设备进行配置,或者也可以通过多条高层信令为终端设备进行配置。Among them, regarding the above configuration information, the network device may configure the terminal device through one high-level signaling, or may configure the terminal device through multiple high-level signaling.
其中,S41是可选的步骤,即,不是必须执行的。Among them, S41 is an optional step, that is, it is not necessarily performed.
S42、网络设备在第一时间单元集合中的候选接收时机中发送至少一个物理下行数据 信道,则终端设备在第一时间单元集合中的候选接收时机中接收来自网络设备的至少一个物理下行数据信道。S42. The network device sends at least one physical downlink data channel in the candidate receiving opportunity in the first time unit set, and the terminal device receives at least one physical downlink data channel from the network device in the candidate receiving opportunity in the first time unit set. .
时间单元,例如为时隙、子帧(subframe)、传输时间间隔(transmission time interval,TTI)、短传输时间间隔(short transmission time interval,sTTI)等,本文主要以时隙为例。The time unit is, for example, a time slot, a subframe, a transmission time interval (TTI), a short transmission time interval (sTTI), etc. This article mainly uses time slots as an example.
在前文介绍了,网络设备可以为终端设备配置一些信息,以时间单元是时隙为例,例如对于时隙n来说,网络设备会为终端设备配置K1的取值集合,例如K1的取值集合中包括P个取值,那么根据这P个取值就可以确定P个时间单元,这P个时间单元就是PDSCH所在的时间单元,其中的每个时间单元中可能包括一个或多个候选接收时机,P个时间单元例如共包括M个候选接收时机,这M个候选接收时机对应的ACK/NACK都是要在时隙n发送的。那么,这P个时间单元就构成第一时间单元集合,第一时间单元集合中就包括了M个候选接收时机。候选接收时机,指的是候选PDSCH的接收时机,即候选PDSCH occasion,可以理解为候选PDSCH的时域位置。候选PDSCH occasion为高层配置的可能的PDSCH occasion。一个候选接收时机可以接收一个PDSCH,因此可以认为,候选接收时机与PDSCH是一一对应的。As mentioned above, the network device can configure some information for the terminal device, taking the time unit as an example. For time slot n, for example, the network device will configure the K1 value set for the terminal device, such as the value of K1. The set includes P values, then P time units can be determined based on the P values. The P time units are the time units where the PDSCH is located, and each time unit may include one or more candidate receptions. Timing, for example, P time units include a total of M candidate receiving occasions, and the ACK / NACK corresponding to the M candidate receiving occasions are all to be transmitted in slot n. Then, the P time units constitute a first time unit set, and the first time unit set includes M candidate receiving opportunities. The candidate reception timing refers to the reception timing of the candidate PDSCH, that is, the candidate PDSCH occasion, which can be understood as the time domain position of the candidate PDSCH. Candidate PDSCH Occasion is a possible PDSCH Occasion configured by higher layers. One candidate receiving timing can receive one PDSCH, so it can be considered that the candidate receiving timing corresponds to the PDSCH one-to-one.
M个候选接收时机按照码本标识信息被划分为第一候选接收时机子集和第二候选接收时机子集,其中,码本标识信息包括第一码本标识信息和第二码本标识信息,第一候选接收时机子集与第一码本标识信息对应,第二候选接收时机子集与第二码本标识信息对应。可以理解为,为候选接收时机设置了码本标识信息,那么,设置了第一码本标识信息的候选接收时机就属于第一候选接收时机子集,设置了第二码本标识信息的候选接收时机就属于第二候选接收时机子集,从而,通过设置码本标识信息,就可以将候选接收时机划分为不同的候选接收时机子集。在这里是以将M个候选接收时机按照码本标识信息划分为第一候选接收时机子集和第二候选接收时机子集为例,实际上本申请实施例不限制划分得到的候选接收时机子集的数量,也可以划分为一个候选接收时机子集,或者也可以划分为3个或3个以上的候选接收时机子集。其中,划分得到的每个候选接收时机子集可以包括至少一个候选接收时机。The M candidate receiving timings are divided into a first candidate receiving timing subset and a second candidate receiving timing subset according to the codebook identification information, where the codebook identification information includes the first codebook identification information and the second codebook identification information, The first candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the first codebook identification information, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information. It can be understood that the codebook identification information is set for the candidate reception timing, then the candidate reception timing set with the first codebook identification information belongs to the subset of the first candidate reception timing, and the candidate reception of the second codebook identification information is set The timing belongs to the second candidate receiving timing subset. Therefore, by setting the codebook identification information, the candidate receiving timing can be divided into different candidate receiving timing subsets. Here is an example of dividing the M candidate receiving timings into a first candidate receiving timing subset and a second candidate receiving timing subset according to the codebook identification information. In fact, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the obtained candidate receiving timings. The number of sets may also be divided into a subset of candidate reception timings, or may be divided into 3 or more subsets of candidate reception timings. Wherein, each of the candidate receiving opportunity subsets obtained by the division may include at least one candidate receiving opportunity.
根据码本标识信息可以将候选接收时机划分为不同的候选接收时机子集,而不同的候选接收时机子集包括的候选接收时机所对应的反馈信息也就相应被划分为了不同的组,例如,第一候选接收时机子集包括的候选接收时机所对应的反馈信息就划分为第一组,第一组就对应第一码本,第二候选接收时机子集包括的候选接收时机所对应的反馈信息就划分为第一组,第二组就对应第二码本,其中,码本也可以称为ACK/NACK码本。因此,码本标识信息可以表示一个候选接收时机对应的ACK/NCK将分到哪一个码本。其中,码本标识信息可以是网络设备为候选接收时机设置的。一种示例为,码本标识信息的取值包括0和1,如果取值为0,则表示设置了该码本标识信息的候选接收时机对应的ACK/NCK将分到第一码本,如果取值为1,则表示设置了该码本标识信息的候选接收时机对应的ACK/NCK将分到第二码本。当然,对于码本标识信息的指示方式不限于此。According to the codebook identification information, the candidate receiving opportunities can be divided into different candidate receiving opportunity subsets, and the feedback information corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunities included in the different candidate receiving opportunity subsets is correspondingly divided into different groups, for example, The feedback information corresponding to the candidate reception timing included in the first candidate reception timing subset is divided into a first group, the first group corresponds to the first codebook, and the feedback corresponding to the candidate reception timing included in the second candidate reception timing subset includes The information is divided into a first group, and the second group corresponds to a second codebook. The codebook may also be referred to as an ACK / NACK codebook. Therefore, the codebook identification information may indicate to which codebook the ACK / NCK corresponding to a candidate receiving timing is assigned. The codebook identification information may be set by a network device for a candidate receiving timing. One example is that the value of the codebook identification information includes 0 and 1. If the value is 0, it means that the ACK / NCK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity for which the codebook identification information is set will be assigned to the first codebook. If the value is 1, it indicates that the ACK / NCK corresponding to the candidate receiving timing for which the codebook identification information is set will be assigned to the second codebook. Of course, the manner of indicating the codebook identification information is not limited to this.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以是在一个下行频率单元中的第一时间单元集合中的候选接收时机中发送至少一个物理下行数据信道,则终端设备是在该下行频率单元中的第一时间单元集合中的候选接收时机中接收来自网络设备的被调度的至少一个物理下行数据信道。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may send at least one physical downlink data channel at a candidate receiving opportunity in a first time unit set in a downlink frequency unit, and the terminal device is the first in the downlink frequency unit. Receive at least one scheduled physical downlink data channel from a network device at a candidate receiving opportunity in a set of time units.
本文涉及的下行频率单元,例如为载波元素(component carrier,CC),或者带宽部分 (bandwidth part,BWP)。当然,本申请实施例在描述所提供的方案时,只是以一个下行频率单元为例,实际上本申请实施例的方法还可以扩展到多下行频率单元的场景,例如多载波或者多BWP的场景也可以应用本申请实施例所提供的方法。The downlink frequency unit involved in this document is, for example, a carrier element (CC) or a bandwidth part (BWP). Of course, when the embodiment of the present application describes the provided solution, only one downlink frequency unit is taken as an example. In fact, the method in the embodiment of the present application can also be extended to a scenario of multiple downlink frequency units, such as a scenario of multiple carriers or multiple BWPs. The method provided in the embodiment of the present application may also be applied.
作为第一种示例,M个候选接收时机中的每个候选接收时机对应第一参数组,第一参数组包括码本标识信息,以及包括如下信息中的至少一种:物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移,物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,以及物理下行数据信道映射类型。其中,物理下行数据信道例如为PDSCH,物理下行控制信道例如为PDCCH,也就是说,第一参数组包括码本标识信息,还包括K0、SLIV以及PDSCH映射类型中的至少一种。例如,第一参数组可以包括码本标识信息,还包括K0、SLIV以及PDSCH映射类型这三种,则第一参数组包括码本标识信息、K0、SLIV以及PDSCH映射类型,或者,第一参数组可以包括码本标识信息,还包括K0、SLIV以及PDSCH映射类型中的两种,例如,第一参数组包括码本标识信息、K0以及SLIV,或者,第一参数组可以包括码本标识信息,还包括K0、SLIV以及PDSCH映射类型中的一种,例如,第一参数组包括码本标识信息以及SLIV。在第一种示例下,网络设备在S41中为终端设备配置的PDSCH时域资源分配配置表格中,就可以包括第一参数组中的参数。可以看到,这种示例是将码本标识信息明确包括在候选接收时机对应的参数组中,从而终端设备可以很明确码本标识信息与候选接收时机之间的对应关系。As a first example, each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a first parameter group, and the first parameter group includes codebook identification information and includes at least one of the following information: physical downlink data channel and physical The timing offset between the downlink control channels, the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and the physical downlink data channel mapping type. The physical downlink data channel is, for example, PDSCH, and the physical downlink control channel is, for example, PDCCH. That is, the first parameter group includes codebook identification information, and further includes at least one of K0, SLIV, and PDSCH mapping types. For example, the first parameter group may include codebook identification information, and also include three types of K0, SLIV, and PDSCH mapping types, then the first parameter group includes codebook identification information, K0, SLIV, and PDSCH mapping types, or the first parameter The group may include codebook identification information, and also include two of K0, SLIV, and PDSCH mapping types. For example, the first parameter group includes codebook identification information, K0, and SLIV, or the first parameter group may include codebook identification information. And also includes one of K0, SLIV, and PDSCH mapping types. For example, the first parameter group includes codebook identification information and SLIV. In the first example, the PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table configured by the network device for the terminal device in S41 may include the parameters in the first parameter group. It can be seen that this example explicitly includes the codebook identification information in the parameter group corresponding to the candidate reception timing, so that the terminal device can clearly determine the correspondence between the codebook identification information and the candidate reception timing.
第一种示例的一种实现方法是,在前文所介绍的PDSCH时域资源分配配置表格中,可以包括至少两种参数,至少两种参数中的一种参数为码本标识信息。例如在第一种示例下,在前文所介绍的PDSCH时域资源分配配置表格中,可包括五列,对于这五列的介绍可参考前文。如果将TimeDomainResourceAllocation视为一种参数,则第一参数组可以包括{TimeDomainResourceAllocation,K0,SLIV,PDSCH mapping type,码本标识信息},如果只将TimeDomainResourceAllocation视为一种索引,则第一参数组可以包括{K0,SLIV,PDSCH mapping type,码本标识信息},则1个TimeDomainResourceAllocation字节的取值对应第一参数组{K0,SLIV,PDSCH mapping type,码本标识信息}的第一种取值,其中,码本标识信息的取值可以为0或1,如果取0,则表示该码本标识信息对应的候选接收时机属于第一候选接收时机子集,也表示该候选接收时机对应的ACK/NACK属于第一码本,如果取1,则表示该码本标识信息对应的候选接收时机属于第二候选接收时机子集,也表示该候选接收时机对应的ACK/NACK属于第二码本,当然,码本标识信息的取值和码本之间的对应关系不限于此。An implementation method of the first example is that the PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table introduced above may include at least two parameters, and one of the at least two parameters is codebook identification information. For example, in the first example, the PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table introduced above may include five columns. For the introduction of these five columns, refer to the foregoing. If TimeDomainResourceAllocation is regarded as a parameter, the first parameter group may include {TimeDomainResourceAllocation, K0, SLIV, PDSCH mapping type, codebook identification information}. If TimeDomainResourceAllocation is regarded as only an index, the first parameter group may include {K0, SLIV, PDSCH mapping type, codebook identification information}, then the value of a TimeDomainResourceAllocation byte corresponds to the first value of the first parameter group {K0, SLIV, PDSCH mapping, type, codebook identification information}, The value of the codebook identification information may be 0 or 1. If 0 is taken, it indicates that the candidate receiving opportunity corresponding to the codebook identifying information belongs to the first candidate receiving opportunity subset, and also indicates that the candidate receiving opportunity corresponds to an ACK / NACK belongs to the first codebook. If it is set to 1, it indicates that the candidate receiving opportunity corresponding to the codebook identification information belongs to the second candidate receiving opportunity subset. It also indicates that the ACK / NACK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity belongs to the second codebook. Of course The correspondence between the value of the codebook identification information and the codebook is not limited to this.
作为第二种示例,M个候选接收时机中的每个候选接收时机对应第二参数组,第二参数组包括物理下行数据信道映射类型,以及包括如下信息中的至少一种:物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移,及物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,其中,码本标识信息与物理下行数据信道映射类型对应。其中,物理下行数据信道例如为PDSCH,物理下行控制信道例如为PDCCH,也就是说,第二参数组包括PDSCH映射类型,还包括K0和SLIV中的至少一种。例如,第二参数组可以包括PDSCH映射类型,还包括K0和SLIV这两种,则第二参数组包括PDSCH映射类型、K0以及SLIV,或者,第二参数组可以包括PDSCH映射类型,还包括K0和SLIV中的一种,例如,第二参数组包括PDSCH映射类型和SLIV。在这种示例下,网络设备在S41中为终端设备配置的PDSCH时域资源分配配置表格中,就可以包括第二参数组中的参数。可以看到,这种示例未将码本标识信 息明确包括在候选接收时机对应的参数组中,而是与参数组中的部分参数或全部参数建立对应关系,这样可以减少参数组中包括的参数的数量。在第二种示例中,是将码本标识信息与物理下行数据信道映射类型对应,那么网络设备可以根据物理下行数据信道映射类型来确定码本标识信息,例如将物理下行数据信道映射类型相同的候选接收时机分为一个候选接收时机子集。As a second example, each of the M candidate receiving occasions corresponds to a second parameter group, and the second parameter group includes a physical downlink data channel mapping type and includes at least one of the following information: a physical downlink data channel The timing offset from the physical downlink control channel and the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel. The codebook identification information corresponds to the physical downlink data channel mapping type. The physical downlink data channel is, for example, PDSCH, and the physical downlink control channel is, for example, PDCCH. That is, the second parameter group includes a PDSCH mapping type and also includes at least one of K0 and SLIV. For example, the second parameter group may include PDSCH mapping types, and also include K0 and SLIV. Then, the second parameter group includes PDSCH mapping types, K0, and SLIV, or the second parameter group may include PDSCH mapping types and K0. And SLIV, for example, the second parameter group includes a PDSCH mapping type and SLIV. In this example, the PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table configured by the network device for the terminal device in S41 may include the parameters in the second parameter group. It can be seen that this example does not explicitly include the codebook identification information in the parameter group corresponding to the candidate receiving timing, but establishes a corresponding relationship with some or all parameters in the parameter group, which can reduce the parameters included in the parameter group. quantity. In the second example, the codebook identification information is mapped to the physical downlink data channel mapping type. Then, the network device may determine the codebook identification information according to the physical downlink data channel mapping type. For example, if the physical downlink data channel mapping type is the same The candidate reception timing is divided into a subset of candidate reception timing.
第二种示例的一种实现方法是,在前文所介绍的PDSCH时域资源分配配置表格中,可以包括至少两种参数,至少两种参数中的一种参数为PDSCH映射类型。例如在第二种示例下,在前文所介绍的PDSCH时域资源分配配置表格中,可包括四列,也就是说,不包括前文所介绍的对应于码本标识信息的第五列,那么对于这四列的介绍可参考前文。如果将TimeDomainResourceAllocation视为一种参数,则第二参数组可以包括{TimeDomainResourceAllocation,K0,SLIV,PDSCH mapping type},如果只将TimeDomainResourceAllocation视为一种索引,则第一参数组可以包括{K0,SLIV,PDSCH mapping type},则1个TimeDomainResourceAllocation字节的取值对应第二参数组{K0,SLIV,PDSCH mapping type}的第一种取值。在第二种示例下,还可以通过高层信令或协议预定义的方式配置PDSCH映射类型和码本标识信息之间的对应关系,例如规定,如果PDSCH mapping type=TypeA,则该候选接收时机的码本标识信息为0,表示该候选接收时机属于第一候选接收时机子集,也表示该候选接收时机对应的ACK/NCK属于第一码本,如果PDSCH mapping type=TypeB,则该候选接收时机的码本标识信息为1,该候选接收时机属于第二候选接收时机子集,也表示该候选接收时机对应的ACK/NCK属于第二码本。An implementation method of the second example is that the PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table introduced above may include at least two parameters, and one of the at least two parameters is a PDSCH mapping type. For example, in the second example, the PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table introduced above may include four columns, that is, the fifth column corresponding to the codebook identification information described above is not included. The introduction of these four columns can refer to the previous article. If TimeDomainResourceAllocation is regarded as a parameter, the second parameter group may include {TimeDomainResourceAllocation, K0, SLIV, PDSCH mapping type}, and if TimeDomainResourceAllocation is regarded as only an index, the first parameter group may include {K0, SLIV, PDSCH mapping type}, then the value of one TimeDomainResourceAllocation byte corresponds to the first value of the second parameter group {K0, SLIV, PDSCH mapping type}. In the second example, the correspondence between the PDSCH mapping type and the codebook identification information can also be configured in a high-level signaling or protocol pre-defined manner. For example, if PDSCH mapping type = TypeA, the The codebook identification information is 0, which indicates that the candidate receiving opportunity belongs to a subset of the first candidate receiving opportunity, and also indicates that the ACK / NCK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity belongs to the first codebook. If PDSCH mapping = TypeB, the candidate receiving opportunity The codebook identification information is 1 and the candidate reception timing belongs to the second subset of candidate reception timings, which also indicates that the ACK / NCK corresponding to the candidate reception timing belongs to the second codebook.
作为第三种示例,M个候选接收时机中的每个候选接收时机对应第三参数组,第三参数组包括物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,还可以包括如下信息中的至少一种:物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移,及物理下行数据信道映射类型。其中,码本标识信息与物理下行数据信道时域位置信息对应。其中,物理下行数据信道例如为PDSCH,物理下行控制信道例如为PDCCH,也就是说,第三参数组包括SLIV,还包括K0和PDSCH映射类型中的至少一种。例如,第三参数组可以包括SLIV,还包括K0和PDSCH映射类型这两种,则第三参数组包括PDSCH映射类型、K0以及SLIV,或者,第三参数组可以包括SLIV,还包括K0和PDSCH映射类型中的一种,例如,第三参数组包括K0和SLIV。在这种示例下,网络设备在S41中为终端设备配置的PDSCH时域资源分配配置表格中,就可以包括第三参数组中的参数。可以看到,这种示例也未将码本标识信息明确包括在候选接收时机对应的参数组中,而是与参数组中的部分参数或全部参数建立对应关系,这样可以减少参数组中包括的参数的数量。As a third example, each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a third parameter group, and the third parameter group includes time domain location information of a physical downlink data channel, and may further include at least one of the following information: The timing offset between the physical downlink data channel and the physical downlink control channel, and the physical downlink data channel mapping type. The codebook identification information corresponds to the time-domain location information of the physical downlink data channel. The physical downlink data channel is, for example, PDSCH, and the physical downlink control channel is, for example, PDCCH. That is, the third parameter group includes SLIV and also includes at least one of K0 and PDSCH mapping types. For example, the third parameter group may include SLIV, and also include two types of K0 and PDSCH mapping, then the third parameter group includes PDSCH mapping type, K0, and SLIV, or the third parameter group may include SLIV, including K0 and PDSCH One of the mapping types, for example, the third parameter group includes K0 and SLIV. In this example, the PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table configured by the network device for the terminal device in S41 may include the parameters in the third parameter group. It can be seen that this example does not explicitly include the codebook identification information in the parameter group corresponding to the candidate receiving timing, but establishes a corresponding relationship with some or all parameters in the parameter group, which can reduce the number of parameters included in the parameter group. The number of parameters.
在第三种示例下,码本标识信息与物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息对应,可以包括如下两种对应关系中的至少一种:1、码本标识信息与物理下行数据信道的起始符号的编号对应;2、码本标识信息与物理下行数据信道的时域长度对应。在第三种示例中,可以将码本标识信息与物理下行数据信道的起始符号的编号对应,那么网络设备可以根据物理下行数据信道的起始符号的编号来确定码本标识信息,例如,将物理下行数据信道的起始符号的编号相同或相近的候选接收时机分为一个候选接收时机子集,例如将物理下行数据信道的起始符号位于前半个时隙的候选接收时机分为第一候选接收时机子集,而物理下行数据信道的起始符号位于后半个时隙的候选接收时机分为第二候选接收时机子集,则第一候选接收时机子集对应的第一码本也可以得到更为及时的发送。或者,在第三种示例中, 可以将码本标识信息与物理下行数据信道的时域长度对应,那么网络设备可以根据物理下行数据信道的时域长度来确定码本标识信息,例如,将物理下行数据信道的时域长度大于预设长度阈值的候选接收时机分为第一候选接收子集,而将物理下行数据信道的时域长度小于或等于预设长度阈值的候选接收时机分为第二候选接收子集,一般来讲,如果物理下行数据信道的时域长度较短,可能表明是较为重要的数据或较为紧急的数据,通过这样的划分,可以使得较为重要或紧急的数据对应的码本单独发送,提高传输可靠性。其中,符号的编号,可以理解为符号的索引。本文中的“符号”,例如为正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号。In the third example, the codebook identification information corresponds to the time-domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and may include at least one of the following two correspondences: 1. The codebook identification information and the start of the physical downlink data channel The symbol numbers correspond; 2. The codebook identification information corresponds to the time domain length of the physical downlink data channel. In a third example, the codebook identification information may be corresponding to the number of the starting symbol of the physical downlink data channel, and then the network device may determine the codebook identification information according to the number of the starting symbol of the physical downlink data channel. For example, The candidate reception timings with the same or similar starting symbol numbers of the physical downlink data channel are divided into a subset of candidate reception timings. For example, the candidate reception timings with the starting symbols of the physical downlink data channel in the first half of the time slot are divided into first. A subset of candidate reception timings, and the candidate reception timing of the physical downlink data channel starting symbol in the second half of the time slot is divided into a second subset of candidate reception timings, so the first codebook corresponding to the first candidate reception timing subset is also You can get more timely delivery. Alternatively, in the third example, the codebook identification information may be corresponding to the time domain length of the physical downlink data channel, and then the network device may determine the codebook identification information according to the time domain length of the physical downlink data channel. For example, Candidate reception opportunities with time-domain lengths of the downlink data channel greater than the preset length threshold are divided into a first candidate receiving subset, and candidate reception opportunities with time-domain lengths of the physical downlink data channel less than or equal to the preset length threshold are divided into the second Candidate receiving subset. Generally speaking, if the physical downlink data channel has a short time domain length, it may indicate that it is more important data or more urgent data. Through this division, the code corresponding to the more important or urgent data can be made. This book is sent separately to improve transmission reliability. The number of the symbol can be understood as the index of the symbol. The "symbols" herein are, for example, orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols.
如果码本标识信息与物理下行数据信道的起始符号的编号对应,那么一种实现方法是,在前文所介绍的PDSCH时域资源分配配置表格中,可包括四列,也就是说,不包括前文所介绍的对应于码本标识信息的第五列,那么对于这四列的介绍可参考前文。且通过高层信令或协议预定义的方式配置参数X,并通过高层信令或协议预定义PDSCH的起始符号的编号与码本标识信息之间的对应关系,例如规定,如果PDSCH的起始符号的编号小于或等于X,则该候选接收时机的码本标识信息为0,表示该候选接收时机属于第一候选接收时机子集,也表示该候选接收时机对应的ACK/NCK属于第一码本,如果PDSCH的起始符号的编号大于X,该候选接收时机的码本标识信息为1,表示该候选接收时机属于第二候选接收时机子集,也表示该候选接收时机对应的ACK/NCK属于第二码本。当然,PDSCH的起始符号的编号与码本标识信息之间的对应关系不限于此,对于PDSCH的起始符号的编号等于X时,究竟表示对应的码本标识信息为0还是1,本申请实施例也不作限制。If the codebook identification information corresponds to the number of the starting symbol of the physical downlink data channel, then one implementation method is that in the PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table introduced above, four columns can be included, that is, not included The fifth column corresponding to the codebook identification information introduced in the foregoing section can be referred to the previous section for the introduction of these four columns. The parameter X is configured in a high-level signaling or protocol pre-defined manner, and the correspondence between the number of the start symbol of the PDSCH and the codebook identification information is predefined in the high-level signaling or protocol. For example, if the PDSCH start The number of the symbol is less than or equal to X, then the codebook identification information of the candidate receiving opportunity is 0, indicating that the candidate receiving opportunity belongs to the first subset of candidate receiving opportunities, and also indicates that the ACK / NCK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity belongs to the first code. In this case, if the number of the PDSCH start symbol is greater than X, the codebook identification information of the candidate receiving opportunity is 1, which indicates that the candidate receiving opportunity belongs to a second subset of candidate receiving opportunities, and also indicates the ACK / NCK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity. Belongs to the second codebook. Of course, the correspondence between the number of the PDSCH start symbol and the codebook identification information is not limited to this. When the number of the PDSCH start symbol is equal to X, does it mean that the corresponding codebook identification information is 0 or 1, this application The examples are not limited.
或者,如果码本标识信息与物理下行数据信道的时域长度对应,那么一种实现方法是,在前文所介绍的PDSCH时域资源分配配置表格中,可包括四列,也就是说,不包括前文所介绍的对应于码本标识信息的第五列,那么对于这四列的介绍可参考前文。且通过高层信令或协议预定义的方式配置参数Y,并通过高层信令或协议预定义PDSCH的时域长度与码本标识信息之间的对应关系,例如规定,如果PDSCH的时域长度小于或等于Y,该候选接收时机的码本标识信息为0,表示该候选接收时机属于第一候选接收时机子集,也表示该候选接收时机对应的ACK/NCK属于第一码本,如果PDSCH的起时域长度大于Y,该候选接收时机的码本标识信息为1,表示该候选接收时机属于第二候选接收时机子集,也表示该候选接收时机对应的ACK/NCK属于第二码本。当然,PDSCH的时域长度与码本标识信息之间的对应关系不限于此,对于PDSCH的时域长度等于Y时,究竟表示对应的码本标识信息为0还是1,本申请实施例也不作限制。Or, if the codebook identification information corresponds to the time domain length of the physical downlink data channel, one implementation method is to include four columns in the PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration table introduced above, that is, not including The fifth column corresponding to the codebook identification information introduced in the foregoing section can be referred to the previous section for the introduction of these four columns. The parameter Y is configured in a high-level signaling or protocol pre-defined manner, and the correspondence between the time domain length of the PDSCH and the codebook identification information is pre-defined in high-level signaling or protocol. For example, if the time domain length of the PDSCH is less than Or equal to Y, the codebook identification information of the candidate receiving opportunity is 0, which indicates that the candidate receiving opportunity belongs to a subset of the first candidate receiving opportunity, and also indicates that the ACK / NCK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity belongs to the first codebook. The starting time domain length is greater than Y, and the codebook identification information of the candidate receiving opportunity is 1, which indicates that the candidate receiving opportunity belongs to the second candidate receiving opportunity subset, and also indicates that the ACK / NCK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity belongs to the second codebook. Of course, the correspondence between the time domain length of the PDSCH and the codebook identification information is not limited to this. When the time domain length of the PDSCH is equal to Y, whether the corresponding codebook identification information is 0 or 1 is not used in this embodiment of the present application. limit.
S43、终端设备根据至少一个物理下行数据信道的接收状态生成反馈信息码本,反馈信息码本包括第一码本和第二码本,第一码本与第一候选接收时机子集对应,第二码本与第二候选接收时机子集对应。S43. The terminal device generates a feedback information codebook according to the receiving status of at least one physical downlink data channel. The feedback information codebook includes a first codebook and a second codebook. The first codebook corresponds to a first subset of candidate reception opportunities. The second codebook corresponds to a second subset of candidate timings.
在前文介绍了,M个候选接收时机被划分为第一候选接收时机子集和第二候选接收时机子集,其中的每个候选接收时机子集中都可以包括至少一个候选接收时机,那么一个候选接收时机子集包括的候选接收时机对应的ACK/NACK,就可以视为一个组,则,第一候选接收时机子集包括的候选接收时机对应的ACK/NACK可以视为第一组,第二候选接收时机子集包括的候选接收时机对应的ACK/NACK可以视为第二组,那么,第一组ACK/NACK就构成第一码本,第二组ACK/NACK就构成第二码本。As mentioned earlier, the M candidate receiving opportunities are divided into a first candidate receiving opportunity subset and a second candidate receiving opportunity subset. Each of the candidate receiving opportunity subsets may include at least one candidate receiving opportunity, then one candidate The ACK / NACK corresponding to the candidate reception opportunities included in the subset of reception timings can be regarded as a group, and the ACK / NACK corresponding to the candidate reception opportunities included in the first candidate reception timing subset can be regarded as the first group, and the second The ACK / NACK corresponding to the candidate reception timing included in the candidate reception timing subset can be regarded as the second group, then, the first group of ACK / NACK constitutes the first codebook, and the second group of ACK / NACK constitutes the second codebook.
其中,对于第一候选接收时机子集和第二候选接收时机子集来说,要确定对应的码本,可以采用切分的方式,切分方式可参考前文中对于半静态码本方式下对一个时隙切分的介绍。在切分后,可以将一个时隙切分为至少一个组,其中每个组在实际上包括至少一个候选接收时机,但一组候选接收时机就只对应一个ACK/NACK,从而就确定了需要反馈的ACK/NACK的数量,另外K1的取值集合又指示了一共有多少个PDSCH所在的时隙,这样就可以分别确定第一候选接收时机子集对应的ACK/NACK的数量和第二候选接收时机子集对应的ACK/NACK的数量。终端设备再根据对PDSCH的实际接收情况,就可以生成第一码本和第二码本。Among them, for the first candidate receiving opportunity subset and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset, to determine the corresponding codebook, a splitting method may be adopted. For the splitting method, refer to the foregoing description of the semi-static codebook method. An introduction to time slot segmentation. After segmentation, a time slot can be segmented into at least one group, where each group actually includes at least one candidate reception opportunity, but a group of candidate reception opportunities corresponds to only one ACK / NACK, thereby determining the need The number of feedback ACK / NACKs, and the value set of K1 indicates how many PDSCH slots are in total, so that the number of ACK / NACKs corresponding to the first candidate reception timing subset and the second candidate can be determined respectively. The number of ACK / NACKs corresponding to the subset of reception timings. The terminal device can then generate the first codebook and the second codebook according to the actual reception situation of the PDSCH.
S44、终端设备在第二时间单元发送第一码本和/或第二码本,则,如果终端设备在第二时间单元发送了第一码本,网络设备就在第二时间单元接收来自终端设备的第一码本,如果终端设备在第二时间单元发送了第二码本,网络设备就在第二时间单元接收来自终端设备的第二码本,第二时间单元与第一时间单元集合存在第一关联关系。其中,图4是以终端设备在第二时间单元发送第一码本和第二码本、网络设备在第二时间单元接收第一码本和第二码本为例。S44. The terminal device sends the first codebook and / or the second codebook in the second time unit. If the terminal device sends the first codebook in the second time unit, the network device receives the first codebook from the terminal in the second time unit. The first codebook of the device. If the terminal device sends the second codebook in the second time unit, the network device receives the second codebook from the terminal device in the second time unit, and the second time unit is integrated with the first time unit. There is a first association relationship. In FIG. 4, the terminal device sends the first codebook and the second codebook in the second time unit, and the network device receives the first codebook and the second codebook in the second time unit as an example.
在前文介绍了,网络设备可以为终端设备配置一些信息,以时间单元是时隙为例,例如对于时隙n来说,网络设备会为终端设备配置K1的取值集合,例如K1的取值集合中包括P个取值,那么根据这P个取值就可以确定P个时间单元,这P个时间单元就构成第一时间单元集合,而时隙n,就是用于发送这P个时间单元中传输的PDSCH对应的ACK/NACK的时间单元,也就是第二时间单元。因此,认为第二时间单元和第一时间单元集合存在关联关系,本文将该关联关系称为第一关联关系,第一关联关系是通过高层配置或预定义的K1的取值集合确定的,因此第一关联关系可以认为是,通过高层信令配置的或预定义的第一时间单元集合与第二时间单元之间的半静态对应关系。As mentioned above, the network device can configure some information for the terminal device, taking the time unit as an example. For time slot n, for example, the network device will configure the K1 value set for the terminal device, such as the value of K1. The set includes P values, then P time units can be determined according to the P values. These P time units constitute the first time unit set, and the time slot n is used to send the P time units. The time unit of the ACK / NACK corresponding to the PDSCH transmitted in the middle, that is, the second time unit. Therefore, it is considered that there is an association relationship between the second time unit and the first time unit set. This association relationship is referred to as the first association relationship. The first association relationship is determined by a high-level configuration or a predefined value set of K1. The first association relationship may be considered as a semi-static correspondence relationship between the first time unit set and the second time unit configured or predefined by high-level signaling.
对于半静态对应关系,可以理解为:高层信令配置或预定义了PDSCH与对应的ACK/NCK间的定时偏移值,即PDSCH-to-HARQ-Timing的可能取值集合,即K1的取值集合,则第二时间单元的编号与第一时间单元集合包括的任何一个时间单元的编号之间的差值应当属于K1取值集合。For the semi-static correspondence, it can be understood that: the higher-level signaling configuration or pre-defined timing offset value between PDSCH and the corresponding ACK / NCK, that is, the possible value set of PDSCH-to-HARQ-Timing, that is, the value of K1 Value set, the difference between the number of the second time unit and the number of any time unit included in the first time unit set should belong to the K1 value set.
本文除了涉及第一关联关系外,还涉及第二关联关系,第二关联关系是指物理下行数据信道与第二时间单元之间的对应关系,与第一关联关系是半静态的对应关系不同,第二关联关系是动态对应关系,也就是说,第二关联关系是指物理下行数据信道与第二时间单元之间的动态对应关系。其中,物理下行数据信道与候选接收时机子集之间也存在对应关系,因此,第二关联关系也可以视为候选接收时机子集与第二时间单元之间的关联关系,例如,第一候选接收时机子集与第二时间单元之间可能存在第二关联关系,第二候选接收时机子集与第二时间单元之间也可能存在第二关联关系。In addition to the first association relationship, this article also relates to the second association relationship. The second association relationship refers to the correspondence relationship between the physical downlink data channel and the second time unit, which is different from the first association relationship that is semi-static. The second association relationship is a dynamic correspondence relationship, that is, the second association relationship refers to a dynamic correspondence relationship between a physical downlink data channel and a second time unit. There is also a corresponding relationship between the physical downlink data channel and a subset of candidate reception timings. Therefore, the second association relationship can also be regarded as the association relationship between the subset of candidate reception timings and the second time unit, for example, the first candidate A second association relationship may exist between the subset of receiving timings and the second time unit, and a second association relationship may also exist between the second subset of receiving timings and the second time unit.
对于第一候选接收时机子集来说,第二关联关系,可以理解为:如果对于第一候选接收时机子集,其中至少有一个第一候选接收时机满足调度该第一候选接收时机的PDCCH被终端设备成功检测,并且第一后续接收时机中的PDSCH-to-HARQ-Timing字节指示的PDSCH与对应的ACK/NCK间的定时偏移值(也就是K1的取值)等于第二时间单元的编号与第一候选接收时机所在的时间单元的编号之间的差值,那么第一候选接收时机子集与第二时间单元存在第二关联关系。或者理解为,如果终端设备接收第三物理下行控制信道,第三物理下行控制信道调度的第三物理下行数据信道属于第一候选接收时机子集,且第三 物理下行控制信道指示所述第三物理下行数据信道对应的反馈信息在第二时间单元发送,则认为,第一候选接收时机子集与第二时间单元存在第二关联关系。相应的,如果终端设备未接收到所调度的物理下行数据信道属于所述第一候选接收时机子集、且指示的所调度的物理下行数据信道对应的反馈信息均在所述第二时间单元发送的物理下行控制信道,则所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元不存在第二关联关系。For the first subset of candidate reception timings, the second association relationship can be understood as: For the first subset of candidate reception timings, at least one of the first candidate reception timings satisfies the PDCCH scheduling the first candidate reception timings. The terminal device successfully detects, and the timing offset value (that is, the value of K1) between the PDSCH indicated by the PDSCH-to-HARQ-Timing byte in the first subsequent reception timing and the corresponding ACK / NCK is equal to the second time unit The difference between the number of the first candidate receiving opportunity and the number of the time unit where the first candidate receiving opportunity is located, then there is a second association between the first candidate receiving opportunity subset and the second time unit. Or it is understood that if the terminal device receives the third physical downlink control channel, the third physical downlink data channel scheduled by the third physical downlink control channel belongs to the first subset of candidate timings, and the third physical downlink control channel indicates the third physical downlink control channel. The feedback information corresponding to the physical downlink data channel is sent in the second time unit, it is considered that there is a second association relationship between the first candidate receiving timing subset and the second time unit. Correspondingly, if the terminal device does not receive the scheduled physical downlink data channel belonging to the first candidate reception timing subset, and the feedback information corresponding to the indicated scheduled physical downlink data channel is sent in the second time unit Physical downlink control channel, then there is no second association between the first candidate reception timing subset and the second time unit.
例如,第一候选接收时机子集与第二时间单元存在第二关联关系指的是,终端设备检测到1个PDCCH#m调度该PDSCH#n,该PDSCH#n属于第一候选接收时机子集,且PDCCH#m中的PDSCH-to-HARQ-Timing字节指示的PDSCH#n的ACK/NCK在第二时间单元上反馈。For example, a second association between the first candidate receiving opportunity subset and the second time unit means that the terminal device detects that a PDCCH # m schedules the PDSCH # n, and the PDSCH # n belongs to the first candidate receiving opportunity subset. And the ACK / NCK of PDSCH # n indicated by the PDSCH-to-HARQ-Timing byte in PDCCH # m is fed back on the second time unit.
对于第二候选接收时机子集也是同样,第二关联关系,可以理解为:如果对于第二候选接收时机子集,其中至少有一个第二候选接收时机满足调度所述第二候选接收时机的PDCCH被终端设备成功检测,并且第二候选接收时机中的PDSCH-to-HARQ-Timing字节指示的PDSCH与对应的ACK/NCK间的定时偏移值(也就是K1的取值)等于第二时间单元的编号与第二候选接收时机所在的时间单元的编号之间的差值,那么第二候选接收时机子集与第二时间单元存在第二关联关系。或者理解为,如果终端设备接收第四物理下行控制信道,第四物理下行控制信道调度的物理下行数据信道属于第二候选接收时机子集,且第四物理下行控制信道指示所述第四物理下行数据信道对应的反馈信息在第二时间单元发送,则认为,第二候选接收时机子集与第二时间单元存在第二关联关系。相应的,如果终端设备未接收到所调度的物理下行数据信道属于所述第二候选接收时机子集、且指示的所调度的物理下行数据信道对应的反馈信息均在所述第二时间单元发送的物理下行控制信道,则所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元不存在第二关联关系。The same is true for the second candidate receiving opportunity subset. The second association relationship can be understood as: For the second candidate receiving opportunity subset, at least one of the second candidate receiving opportunities satisfies the PDCCH scheduling the second candidate receiving opportunity. The terminal device successfully detected the timing offset between the PDSCH indicated by the PDSCH-to-HARQ-Timing byte in the second candidate reception timing and the corresponding ACK / NCK (that is, the value of K1) is equal to the second time The difference between the number of the unit and the number of the time unit in which the second candidate receiving opportunity is located, then there is a second correlation between the second candidate receiving opportunity subset and the second time unit. Or it is understood that if the terminal device receives the fourth physical downlink control channel, the physical downlink data channels scheduled by the fourth physical downlink control channel belong to the second subset of candidate timings, and the fourth physical downlink control channel indicates the fourth physical downlink. The feedback information corresponding to the data channel is sent in the second time unit, it is considered that there is a second association relationship between the second candidate receiving opportunity subset and the second time unit. Correspondingly, if the terminal device does not receive the scheduled physical downlink data channel belonging to the second candidate receiving opportunity subset and the feedback information corresponding to the indicated scheduled physical downlink data channel is sent in the second time unit Physical downlink control channel, the second candidate receiving timing subset does not have a second association relationship with the second time unit.
例如,第二候选接收时机子集与第二时间单元存在第二关联关系指的是,终端设备检测到1个PDCCH#f调度该PDSCH#h,该PDSCH#h属于第二候选接收时机子集,且PDCCH#f中的PDSCH-to-HARQ-Timing字节指示的PDSCH#h的ACK/NCK在第二时间单元上反馈。For example, a second association between the second candidate receiving opportunity subset and the second time unit means that the terminal device detects that a PDCCH # f schedules the PDSCH # h, and the PDSCH # h belongs to the second candidate receiving opportunity subset. And the ACK / NCK of PDSCH # h indicated by the PDSCH-to-HARQ-Timing byte in PDCCH # f is fed back on the second time unit.
如果按照高层信令配置的K1的取值集合,那么第一候选接收时机子集包括的候选接收时机对应的ACK/NACK构成第一码本,第一码本要在第二时间单元发送,因此第一候选接收时机子集与第二时间单元之间是有关联关系的,同理,按照高层信令配置的K1的取值集合,第二候选接收时机子集包括的候选接收时机对应的ACK/NACK构成第二码本,第二码本要在第二时间单元发送,因此第二候选接收时机子集与第二时间单元之间也是有关联关系的,而这种关联关系,是半静态的对应关系,不是动态的第二关联关系。也就是说,本文除了考虑高层信令的配置之外,还要考虑实际情况,也就是还要考虑动态情况。例如对于第一候选接收时机子集中的一个候选接收时机,虽然按照高层信令的配置,该候选接收时机对应的ACK/NACK需要在第二时间单元发送,但是根据终端设备接收的用于调度该候选接收时机的PDCCH的指示,该候选接收时机对应的ACK/NACK不在第二时间单元发送,而是在其他的时间单元发送,那么该候选接收时机与第二时间单元之间就不再存在关联关系,那么本文就认为,该候选接收时机与第二时间单元之间不存在动态的关联关系,也就是不存在第二关联关系。因此,如果一个候选接收时机子集中包括的所有的候选接收时机与第二时间单元都不存在第二关联关系,就认为该候选接收时机子集与第二时间单元不存在第二关联关系,而如果一个候选接收时机子集中包括的所有的候选接收时 机中,只要有一个候选接收时机与第二时间单元存在第二关联关系,就可以认为该候选接收时机子集与第二时间单元存在第二关联关系。If the value set of K1 is configured according to high-level signaling, then the ACK / NACK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunities included in the first candidate receiving opportunity subset constitutes the first codebook, and the first codebook is to be transmitted in the second time unit. The first candidate receiving opportunity subset is related to the second time unit. Similarly, according to the value set of K1 configured by high-level signaling, the ACK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunities included in the second candidate receiving opportunity subset. / NACK constitutes the second codebook, and the second codebook is to be transmitted in the second time unit. Therefore, there is also an association relationship between the second candidate receiving opportunity subset and the second time unit, and this association relationship is semi-static The corresponding relationship is not a dynamic second association relationship. In other words, in addition to the configuration of high-level signaling, this article also needs to consider the actual situation, that is, the dynamic situation. For example, for a candidate receiving opportunity in the first candidate receiving opportunity subset, although according to the configuration of high-level signaling, the ACK / NACK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity needs to be sent in the second time unit, but it is The indication of the PDCCH of the candidate receiving opportunity. The ACK / NACK corresponding to the candidate receiving opportunity is not sent in the second time unit, but is sent in other time units. Then there is no longer an association between the candidate receiving opportunity and the second time unit. Relationship, then this article considers that there is no dynamic association relationship between the candidate receiving opportunity and the second time unit, that is, there is no second association relationship. Therefore, if all candidate reception timings included in a candidate reception timing subset do not have a second association with the second time unit, it is considered that the candidate reception timing subset does not have a second association with the second time unit, and If, among all candidate reception opportunities included in a candidate reception opportunity subset, as long as there is a second association between a candidate reception opportunity and a second time unit, the candidate reception opportunity subset and the second time unit may be considered to have a second connection relation.
那么在本文中,如果第一候选接收时机子集与第二时间单元存在第二关联关系,且第二候选接收时机子集与第二时间单元不存在第二关联关系,则终端设备就在第二时间单元发送第一码本,而不在第二时间单元发送第二码本,网络设备也就在第二时间单元接收第一码本,而不在第二时间单元接收第二码本。其中,终端设备不发送码本,也可以描述为,终端设备静默该码本,例如,终端设备不发送第二码本,可以描述为,终端设备静默第二码本。当然,终端设备发送的是编码后的第一码本,网络设备接收的也是编码后的第一码本。其中,终端设备对第一码本是进行独立编码的。Then in this article, if the second candidate receiving opportunity subset has a second association with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset does not have the second association with the second time unit, the terminal device is at the first The first codebook is sent in two time units, and the second codebook is not sent in the second time unit. The network device receives the first codebook in the second time unit, but does not receive the second codebook in the second time unit. Wherein, the terminal device does not send the codebook, and it can also be described as the terminal device muting the codebook. For example, the terminal device does not send the second codebook, which can be described as the terminal device muting the second codebook. Of course, the terminal device sends the encoded first codebook, and the network device receives the encoded first codebook. The terminal device independently encodes the first codebook.
或者,如果第一候选接收时机子集与第二时间单元不存在第二关联关系,且第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在第二关联关系,则终端设备在第二时间单元发送第二码本,而不在第二时间单元发送第一码本,网络设备也就在第二时间单元接收第二码本,而不在第二时间单元接收第一码本。当然,终端设备发送的是编码后的第二码本,网络设备接收的也是编码后的第二码本。其中,终端设备对第二码本是进行独立编码的。Or, if the second candidate receiving opportunity subset does not have a second association relationship with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset has a second association relationship with the second time unit, the terminal device at the second time The unit sends the second codebook without sending the first codebook at the second time unit, and the network device receives the second codebook at the second time unit instead of the first codebook at the second time unit. Of course, the terminal device sends the encoded second codebook, and the network device receives the encoded second codebook. The terminal device independently encodes the second codebook.
或者,如果第一候选接收时机子集与第二时间单元存在第二关联关系,且第二候选接收时机子集与第二时间单元存在第二关联关系,则终端设备在第二时间单元发送第一码本和/或第二码本,网络设备也就在第二时间单元接收终端设备所发送的码本,可能是第一码本和/或第二码本。其中,终端设备发送的是独立编码后的第一码本和/或独立编码后的第二码本,网络设备接收的也是独立编码后的第一码本和/或独立编码后的第二码本,也就是说,终端设备对第一码本和第二码本是分别独立编码的。或者,终端设备发送的也可能是联合编码后的第一码本和第二码本,则网络设备接收的也是联合编码后的第一码本和第二码本,也就是说,终端设备对第一码本和第二码本是联合编码的。Or, if the second candidate receiving opportunity subset has a second association with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset has a second association with the second time unit, the terminal device sends the first For a codebook and / or a second codebook, the network device receives the codebook sent by the terminal device in the second time unit, which may be the first codebook and / or the second codebook. Wherein, the terminal device sends the independently encoded first codebook and / or the independently encoded second codebook, and the network device receives the independently encoded first codebook and / or the independently encoded second codebook. This means that the terminal device encodes the first codebook and the second codebook independently. Alternatively, the terminal device may also send the first and second codebooks after joint coding, and then the network device also receives the first and second codebooks after joint coding, that is, the terminal device pair The first codebook and the second codebook are jointly coded.
可见,终端设备在发送码本时,除了考虑高层配置的信息之外,还考虑了实际情况,使得码本的发送更为高效合理。It can be seen that when the terminal device sends the codebook, in addition to the information of the high-level configuration, it also considers the actual situation, making the codebook transmission more efficient and reasonable.
其中,终端设备发送码本,需要先选择相应的物理上行信道,物理上行信道例如为物理上行控制信道,例如PUCCH,或者也可以是物理上行数据信道,例如物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)。关于终端设备确定物理上行信道,可以参考前文中对于NR标准中目前的ACK/NACK反馈方式的相关介绍,简单来说,如果网络设备为终端设备配置了多个PUCCH资源集,例如对于第一码本,终端设备先根据第一码本的比特数选择其中的一个PUCCH资源集,再根据接收的一个PDCCH中的ARI,或者根据ARI以及隐式指示方式,来确定从该PUCCH资源集中选择哪个PUCCH资源发送第一码本,其中,这一个PDCCH,是指终端设备成功检测到的PDCCH中调度的PDSCH属于第一候选接收时机子集、且对应的ACK/NACK在第二时间单元内反馈的最后一个PDCCH。对于第二码本,终端设备选择物理上行信道的方式也是同样,不多赘述。Wherein, a terminal device needs to select a corresponding physical uplink channel to send a codebook. The physical uplink channel is, for example, a physical uplink control channel, such as PUCCH, or it may also be a physical uplink data channel, such as a physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel). PUSCH). For the terminal device to determine the physical uplink channel, you can refer to the previous introduction to the current ACK / NACK feedback method in the NR standard. In simple terms, if the network device is configured with multiple PUCCH resource sets for the terminal device, for example, for the first code In this case, the terminal device first selects one of the PUCCH resource sets according to the number of bits in the first codebook, and then determines which PUCCH is selected from the PUCCH resource set according to the ARI in a received PDCCH, or according to the ARI and the implicit indication method. The resource sends the first codebook, where this PDCCH refers to the last PDSCH scheduled in the PDCCH successfully detected by the terminal device belongs to the first subset of candidate timings, and the corresponding ACK / NACK is fed back in the second time unit. One PDCCH. For the second codebook, the manner in which the terminal device selects the physical uplink channel is the same, and will not be described in detail.
例如,终端设备选择通过第一物理上行信道承载第一码本,以及通过第二物理上行信道承载第二码本。那么在发送码本时,如果第一物理上行信道和第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元内,在时域上有重叠,而终端设备还继续通过第一物理上行信道承载第一码本,以及通过第二物理上行信道承载第二码本,则显然二者会互相干扰,可能导致其中的至少一个码本发送失败,因此,需要考虑第一物理上行信道和第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元内,在时域上是否有重叠的问题。For example, the terminal device chooses to carry the first codebook through the first physical uplink channel and to carry the second codebook through the second physical uplink channel. Then when sending the codebook, if the first physical uplink channel and the second physical uplink channel overlap in the time domain within the second time unit, and the terminal device continues to carry the first codebook through the first physical uplink channel, And carrying the second codebook through the second physical uplink channel, it is clear that the two will interfere with each other and may cause at least one of the codebooks to fail to be transmitted. Therefore, it is necessary to consider that the first physical uplink channel and the second physical uplink channel are in the second In the time unit, is there any overlap in the time domain?
那么在本申请实施例中,在所述第二时间单元中发送第一码本和/或第二码本,可以包括:在承载第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载第二码本的第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元中时域不重叠的情况下,在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本,以及在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本;和/或,在承载第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载第二码本的第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元中时域重叠的情况下,在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本,或在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本。Then, in the embodiment of the present application, sending the first codebook and / or the second codebook in the second time unit may include: carrying the first physical uplink channel of the first codebook and carrying the second codebook. Sending the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel and the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel if the time domain of the second physical uplink channel does not overlap in the second time unit; and / or, When the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlap in time domain in the second time unit, the first codebook is sent on the first physical uplink channel, or The second physical uplink channel sends a second codebook.
对此可以理解为:This can be understood as:
在承载第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载第二码本的第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元中时域不重叠的情况下,在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本,以及在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本,和,在承载第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载第二码本的第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元中时域重叠的情况下,在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本,或在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本;Sending the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel if the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook do not overlap in the time domain in the second time unit, And sending the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel, and when the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlap in the time domain in the second time unit Next, send the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel, or send the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel.
或者,承载第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载第二码本的第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元中时域不重叠,在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本,以及在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本,或,承载第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载第二码本的第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元中时域重叠,在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本,或在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本。Alternatively, the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook do not overlap in time domain in the second time unit, the first codebook is transmitted on the first physical uplink channel, and The second physical uplink channel sends the second codebook, or the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlap in time domain in the second time unit, and in the first physical unit Send the first codebook on the uplink channel, or send the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel.
下面详细介绍。Details are described below.
在一种实施方式中,如果承载第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载第二码本的第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元中时域不重叠,则终端设备可以在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本,以及在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本,这时发送的是独立编码的第一码本以及独立编码的第二码本,而网络设备也就通过第一物理上行信道接收独立编码的第一码本以及通过第二物理上行信道接收独立编码的第二码本。In one embodiment, if the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook do not overlap in time domain in the second time unit, the terminal device may The uplink channel sends the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel sends the second codebook. At this time, the independently coded first codebook and the independently coded second codebook are sent, and the network device passes the first codebook. The physical uplink channel receives an independently encoded first codebook and the second physical uplink channel receives an independently encoded second codebook.
作为进一步的扩展,虽然承载第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载第二码本的第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元中时域不重叠,但是还可以考虑第一物理上行信道和/或第二物理上行信道是否与其他的物理上行信道在第二时间单元中有时域重叠,因为如果第一物理上行信道和/或第二物理上行信道中的至少一个物理上行信道与其他的物理上行信道在第二时间单元中有时域重叠,那么第一码本和第二码本中的至少一个码本在发送时还是可能受到干扰。考虑其他的物理上行信道后,终端设备的处理方式包括以下的至少一种:As a further extension, although the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook do not overlap in time domain in the second time unit, the first physical uplink channel and the And / or whether the second physical uplink channel overlaps with other physical uplink channels in the second time unit, because if at least one of the first physical uplink channel and / or the second physical uplink channel is The uplink channel has time domain overlap in the second time unit, so at least one codebook in the first codebook and the second codebook may still be interfered with during transmission. After considering other physical uplink channels, the processing method of the terminal device includes at least one of the following:
1、如果第一物理上行信道和第二物理上行信道都不与第三物理上行信道在第二时间单元内时域重叠,则终端设备就可以直接在第一物理上行信道发送独立编码的第一码本以及在第二物理上行信道发送独立编码的第二码本,而网络设备也就通过第一物理上行信道接收独立编码的第一码本以及通过第二物理上行信道获得独立编码的第二码本,如图5A所示。在图5A中,第一物理上行信道以第一PUCCH为例,第二物理上行信道以第二PUCCH为例。1. If neither the first physical uplink channel nor the second physical uplink channel overlaps the time domain of the third physical uplink channel in the second time unit, the terminal device can directly send the independently encoded first on the first physical uplink channel. The codebook and the independently-coded second codebook are sent on the second physical uplink channel, and the network device receives the independently-coded first codebook through the first physical uplink channel and obtains the independently-coded second codebook through the second physical uplink channel. The codebook is shown in Figure 5A. In FIG. 5A, the first physical uplink channel uses the first PUCCH as an example, and the second physical uplink channel uses the second PUCCH as an example.
2、第一物理上行信道与第二物理上行信道中,只有一个与第三物理上行信道重叠,以图5B为例,第二物理上行信道与第三物理上行信道在时域上重叠,其中,第三物理上行信道可以包括承载其他的上行控制信息(uplink control information,UCI),如信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)或调度请求(scheduling request,SR),的PUCCH资源或承载上行数据的PUSCH资源。则,一种实现方法是,终端设备可以在第一物理上 行信道发送独立编码后的第一码本,对第二码本和第三物理上行信道承载的信息(例如包括SR、CSI、上行数据(UL data)等信息中的至少一种)进行上行复用传输,所述上行复用传输的方法与现有技术相同,例如,第三物理上行信道是PUSCH,则终端设备可将第二码本携带进入第三物理上行信道进行联合传输。则网络设备可以在第一物理上行信道接收独立编码后的第一码本,以及在第三物理上行信道接收联合编码的第二码本和第三物理上行信道原本承载的信息。或者,以图5B为例,另一种实现方法是,第二物理上行信道与第三物理上行信道在时域上重叠,则终端设备在第一物理上行信道上发送独立编码后第一码本,以及可以选择发送第二物理上行信道和第三物理上行信道中的一个,而静默另一个,例如终端设备发送第二物理上行信道,而静默第三物理上行信道,则网络设备可以在第一物理上行信道接收独立编码后的第一码本,以及在第二物理上行信道接收独立编码的第二码本,或者在第三物理上行信道接收上行信息。具体的,如果要选择发送第二物理上行信道和第三物理上行信道中的一个,选择方式可以有多种,例如随机选择,或者根据优先级选择,优先发送优先级高的,等等。在图5B中,第一物理上行信道以第一PUCCH为例,第二物理上行信道以第二PUCCH为例。2. Only one of the first physical uplink channel and the second physical uplink channel overlaps with the third physical uplink channel. Taking FIG. 5B as an example, the second physical uplink channel and the third physical uplink channel overlap in the time domain. Among them, The third physical uplink channel may include a PUCCH resource that carries other uplink control information (uplink control information, UCI), such as channel state information (CSI) or scheduling request (SR), or that carries uplink data. PUSCH resources. Then, an implementation method is that the terminal device can send an independently encoded first codebook on the first physical uplink channel, and perform information on the information carried on the second codebook and the third physical uplink channel (for example, including SR, CSI, and uplink data). (At least one of information such as (UL data)) to perform uplink multiplexing transmission, and the method of the uplink multiplexing transmission is the same as that in the prior art. For example, if the third physical uplink channel is PUSCH, the terminal device may change the second code. This carries the third physical uplink channel for joint transmission. Then, the network device may receive the independently encoded first codebook on the first physical uplink channel, and receive the jointly encoded second codebook and the information originally carried on the third physical uplink channel on the third physical uplink channel. Alternatively, taking FIG. 5B as an example, another implementation method is that the second physical uplink channel and the third physical uplink channel overlap in the time domain, and then the terminal device sends the first codebook after the independent coding on the first physical uplink channel. And you can choose to send one of the second physical uplink channel and the third physical uplink channel and silence the other. For example, if the terminal device sends the second physical uplink channel and the third physical uplink channel is silent, the network device can The physical uplink channel receives the independently encoded first codebook, and receives the independently encoded second codebook on the second physical uplink channel, or receives the uplink information on the third physical uplink channel. Specifically, if one of the second physical uplink channel and the third physical uplink channel is to be selected for transmission, there may be multiple selection methods, for example, random selection, or priority selection, priority transmission with higher priority, and so on. In FIG. 5B, the first physical uplink channel uses the first PUCCH as an example, and the second physical uplink channel uses the second PUCCH as an example.
3、第一物理上行信道、第二物理上行信道都与第三物理上行信道在时域上重叠,则终端设备进行优先级处理或回退处理。3. If the first physical uplink channel and the second physical uplink channel overlap with the third physical uplink channel in the time domain, the terminal device performs priority processing or fallback processing.
优先级处理:如图5C所示,终端设备确定第一码本和第二码本的优先级,假设第一码本优先级较高。此时,终端设备对第一码本进行独立编码,并在第一物理上行信道上发送独立编码后的第一码本,且,终端设备对第二码本和第三物理上行信道承载的信息进行联合编码,并重新确定第四物理上行信道用于承载第二码本和第三物理上行信道承载的信息的联合编码信息,其中所述第四物理上行信道与第一物理上行信道时域不重叠,则网络设备在第一物理上行信道接收独立编码后的第一码本,以及在第四物理上行信道接收联合编码的第二码本和第三物理上行信道原本承载的信息。其中,第一码本和第二码本的优先级可以是网络设备通过高层信令配置的,或者可以是协议预定义的。在图5C中,第一物理上行信道以第一PUCCH为例,第二物理上行信道以第二PUCCH为例。Priority processing: As shown in FIG. 5C, the terminal device determines the priorities of the first codebook and the second codebook, assuming that the first codebook has a higher priority. At this time, the terminal device independently encodes the first codebook, and sends the independently encoded first codebook on the first physical uplink channel, and the terminal device encodes the information carried by the second codebook and the third physical uplink channel. Perform joint coding, and re-determine the joint coding information of the fourth physical uplink channel used to carry the information carried by the second codebook and the third physical uplink channel, wherein the fourth physical uplink channel and the first physical uplink channel are not in the time domain If they overlap, the network device receives the independently encoded first codebook on the first physical uplink channel, and receives the jointly encoded second codebook and the third physical uplink channel information originally carried on the fourth physical uplink channel. The priorities of the first codebook and the second codebook may be configured by a network device through high-level signaling, or may be predefined by a protocol. In FIG. 5C, the first physical uplink channel uses the first PUCCH as an example, and the second physical uplink channel uses the second PUCCH as an example.
或者,终端设备通过第一物理上行信道发送独立编码的第一码本,以及通过第二物理上行信道发送独立编码的第二码本,并静默第三物理上行信道,或者,终端设备发送第三物理上行信道并静默第一物理上行信道和第二物理上行信道,或者,终端设备通过第一物理上行信道发送独立编码的第一码本,并静默第二物理上行信道和第三物理上行信道,或者,终端设备通过第二物理上行信道发送独立编码的第二码本,并静默第一物理上行信道和第三物理上行信道。Alternatively, the terminal device sends an independently coded first codebook through the first physical uplink channel, and sends the independently coded second codebook through the second physical uplink channel, and silences the third physical uplink channel, or the terminal device sends the third The physical uplink channel and silence the first physical uplink channel and the second physical uplink channel, or the terminal device sends an independently encoded first codebook through the first physical uplink channel, and silences the second physical uplink channel and the third physical uplink channel, Alternatively, the terminal device sends an independently encoded second codebook through the second physical uplink channel, and silences the first physical uplink channel and the third physical uplink channel.
第四物理上行信道例如为PUCCH或PUSCH。例如,第三物理上行信道是PUCCH,且第三物理上行信道承载SR,则第四物理上行信道可以是第二物理上行信道与第三物理上行信道中的一个;或者,第三物理上行信道是PUCCH,且第三物理上行信道承载CSI,第四物理上行信道可以是根据第二码本与CSI的总的比特数确定的PUCCH资源;或者,第三物理上行信道是PUSCH,第四物理上行信道可以就是第三物理上行信道,此时第四物理上行信道始终与第一物理上行信道重叠。The fourth physical uplink channel is, for example, PUCCH or PUSCH. For example, if the third physical uplink channel is PUCCH and the third physical uplink channel carries SR, the fourth physical uplink channel may be one of the second physical uplink channel and the third physical uplink channel; or, the third physical uplink channel is PUCCH, and the third physical uplink channel carries CSI, and the fourth physical uplink channel may be a PUCCH resource determined according to the total number of bits of the second codebook and CSI; or the third physical uplink channel is PUSCH, and the fourth physical uplink channel It may be the third physical uplink channel, and at this time, the fourth physical uplink channel always overlaps with the first physical uplink channel.
其中,如果第四物理上行信道与第一物理上行信道在时域上重叠,则终端设备可以静默第三物理上行信道,在第一物理上行信道上发送独立编码的第一码本,以及在第二物理上行信道上发送独立编码的第二码本,则网络设备在第一物理上行信道接收独立编码的第 一码本,以及在第二物理上行信道接收独立编码的第二码本。Wherein, if the fourth physical uplink channel and the first physical uplink channel overlap in the time domain, the terminal device can mute the third physical uplink channel, send an independently encoded first codebook on the first physical uplink channel, and When the independently coded second codebook is transmitted on the two physical uplink channels, the network device receives the independently coded first codebook on the first physical uplink channel and the independently coded second codebook on the second physical uplink channel.
回退处理:如图5D所示,终端设备可以对第一码本、第二码本、以及第三物理上行信道承载的信息(例如SR、CSI或上行数据)进行联合编码,并根据第三物理上行信道承载的信息类型、和/或第一码本、第二码本及第三物理上行信道承载的信息的总的比特数,确定第五物理上行信道,并在第五物理上行信道上发送对第一码本、第二码本和第三物理上行信道承载的信息联合编码后的信息,则网络设备在第五物理上行信道接收对第一码本、第二码本和CSI联合编码后的信息。在图5D中,第一物理上行信道以第一PUCCH为例,第二物理上行信道以第二PUCCH为例。Fallback processing: As shown in FIG. 5D, the terminal device may jointly encode information (such as SR, CSI, or uplink data) carried by the first codebook, the second codebook, and the third physical uplink channel, and according to the third The type of information carried by the physical uplink channel, and / or the total number of bits of information carried by the first codebook, the second codebook, and the third physical uplink channel. A fifth physical uplink channel is determined, and the fifth physical uplink channel is determined. Send the jointly encoded information of the information carried by the first codebook, the second codebook, and the third physical uplink channel, and then the network device receives the combined encoding of the first codebook, the second codebook, and the CSI on the fifth physical uplink channel. Post information. In FIG. 5D, the first physical uplink channel uses the first PUCCH as an example, and the second physical uplink channel uses the second PUCCH as an example.
上一种实施方式介绍了承载第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载第二码本的第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元中时域不重叠的情况,下面再介绍一种实施方式,是承载第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载第二码本的第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元中时域重叠的情况,其中,如上介绍的对于承载第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载第二码本的第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元中时域不重叠的情况的处理方式,与如下将要介绍的对于承载第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载第二码本的第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元中时域重叠的情况的处理方式,两种方式可以并存,或者也可以只选用其中的一种处理方式。The previous embodiment describes the case where the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook do not overlap in the time domain in the second time unit. An embodiment is described below. , Is the case where the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlap in the time domain in the second time unit, where, as described above, the first The processing method of a case where a physical uplink channel and a second physical uplink channel carrying a second codebook do not overlap in the time domain in a second time unit is the same as that described below for the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and The processing method for the case where the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlaps in the time domain in the second time unit. The two methods may coexist, or only one of the processing methods may be selected.
如果承载第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载第二码本的第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元中时域重叠,则终端设备可以在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本,不在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本,或,终端设备在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本,不在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本。其中,如果终端设备在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本,则发送的是独立编码后的第一码本,网络设备接收的也是独立编码后的第一码本,如果终端设备在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本,则发送的是独立编码后的第二码本,网络设备接收的也是独立编码后的第二码本。或者,如果承载第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载第二码本的第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元中时域重叠,则终端设备还可以对第一码本和第二码本进行联合编码,并根据第一码本和第二码本的总的比特数目确定第六物理上行信道,在第六物理上行信道上传输第一码本和第二码本联合编码后的信息,则网络设备在第六物理上行信道上接收的就是联合编码后的第一码本和第二码本。If the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlap in time domain in the second time unit, the terminal device may send the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel. The second codebook is not sent on the second physical uplink channel, or the terminal device does not send the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel, and does not send the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel. Wherein, if the terminal device sends the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel, the first codebook after independent encoding is sent, and the network device receives the first codebook after independent encoding. When the physical uplink channel sends the second codebook, the independently coded second codebook is sent, and the network device receives the independently coded second codebook. Or, if the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlap in the time domain in the second time unit, the terminal device may also perform the first codebook and the second code Perform joint coding, and determine the sixth physical uplink channel according to the total number of bits of the first codebook and the second codebook, and transmit the jointly coded information of the first codebook and the second codebook on the sixth physical uplink channel , Then the network device receives the first codebook and the second codebook after joint coding on the sixth physical uplink channel.
具体的,如果承载第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载第二码本的第二物理上行信道在第二时间单元中时域重叠,则终端设备进行优先级处理或回退处理。Specifically, if the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlap in time domain in the second time unit, the terminal device performs priority processing or fallback processing.
优先级处理:终端设备从第一码本和第二码本中选择优先级较高的码本,码本的优先级信息可以是网络设备通过高层信令配置的,或者协议预定义的。例如,码本标识信息与PDSCH mapping type对应,可以预定义与PDSCH mapping typeB对应的码本的优先级较高;又例如,码本标识信息与PDSCH时域长度对应,例如,PDSCH时域长度小于或等于Y则对应第一码本,PDSCH时域长度大于Y对应第二码本,则可以预定义第一码本优先级较高。此时,终端设备将在对应的物理上行信道上发送高优先级的码本,静默或者停止另一个码本在另一个物理上行信道的发送,也就是说,终端设备在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本,不在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本,则网络设备在第一物理上行信道接收第一码本,不在第二物理上行信道接收第二码本,或者,终端设备在第二物理上行信道发送第二码本,不在第一物理上行信道发送第一码本,则网络设备在第二物理上行信道接收第二码本,不在第一物理上行信道接收第一码本。如图6A所示,例如第一码本的优先级较高, 则终端设备发送第一码本,静默第二码本。在图6A中,第一物理上行信道以第一PUCCH为例,第二物理上行信道以第二PUCCH为例。Priority processing: The terminal device selects a codebook with a higher priority from the first codebook and the second codebook. The priority information of the codebook can be configured by the network device through high-level signaling or predefined by the protocol. For example, the codebook identification information corresponds to the PDSCH mapping type, and the codebook corresponding to the PDSCH mapping typeB has a higher priority; for example, the codebook identification information corresponds to the PDSCH time domain length, for example, the PDSCH time domain length is less than Or equal to Y corresponds to the first codebook, and the PDSCH time domain length is greater than Y corresponds to the second codebook, and the first codebook can be predefined to have a higher priority. At this time, the terminal device will send a high-priority codebook on the corresponding physical uplink channel, and silence or stop sending another codebook on another physical uplink channel, that is, the terminal device sends on the first physical uplink channel. If the first codebook does not send the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel, the network device receives the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel and does not receive the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel. If the two physical uplink channels send the second codebook and the first physical uplink channel does not send the first codebook, the network device receives the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel and does not receive the first codebook on the first physical uplink channel. As shown in FIG. 6A, for example, if the priority of the first codebook is higher, the terminal device sends the first codebook and silences the second codebook. In FIG. 6A, the first physical uplink channel uses the first PUCCH as an example, and the second physical uplink channel uses the second PUCCH as an example.
回退处理:终端设备根据第一码本和第二码本生成第三码本,例如第三码本是第一码本和第二码本串接得到的。进一步,终端设备根据第三码本的载荷大小以及检测到的PDCCH中的ARI信息确定第七物理上行信道,并使用第七物理上行信道发送第三码本,如图6B所示。在图6B中,第一物理上行信道以第一PUCCH为例,第二物理上行信道以第二PUCCH为例,第七物理上行信道以第七PUCCH为例。Fallback processing: The terminal device generates a third codebook according to the first codebook and the second codebook. For example, the third codebook is obtained by concatenating the first codebook and the second codebook. Further, the terminal device determines the seventh physical uplink channel according to the load size of the third codebook and the detected ARI information in the PDCCH, and sends the third codebook using the seventh physical uplink channel, as shown in FIG. 6B. In FIG. 6B, the first physical uplink channel uses the first PUCCH as an example, the second physical uplink channel uses the second PUCCH as an example, and the seventh physical uplink channel uses the seventh PUCCH as an example.
前文介绍了,在选择发送码本的物理上行信道时,需要用到码本的比特数。其中,第一码本的比特数可以由第一候选接收时机子集中的非时域重叠的候选接收时机的最大个数确定,第二码本的比特数可以由第二候选接收时机子集中的非时域重叠的候选接收时机的最大个数确定,例如,对于单载波下行传输,或者单BWP下行传输,第一码本的比特数等于第一候选接收时机子集中的非时域重叠的候选接收时机的最大个数,第二码本的比特数等于第二候选接收时机子集中的非时域重叠的候选接收时机的最大个数。也就是说,在一个候选接收时机子集中,对于在时域上重叠的候选接收时机会切分成多个候选接收时机组,每个候选接收时机组包括多个时域重叠的候选接收时机,这些时域重叠的候选接收时机由于不可能同时被传输,因此只需要一份对应的ACK/NACK。当然,本文这种描述,是以第一时间单元集合属于一个下行频率单元为例的,如果第一时间单元集合属于多个下行频率单元,则对于每个下行频率单元,可以采用本文描述的方式确定码本的比特数。As mentioned earlier, when selecting the physical uplink channel for sending the codebook, the number of bits of the codebook is needed. The number of bits in the first codebook can be determined by the maximum number of non-time-domain overlapping candidate reception opportunities in the first candidate receiving opportunity subset, and the number of bits in the second codebook can be determined by the second candidate receiving opportunity subset. The maximum number of non-time-domain overlapping candidate reception opportunities is determined. For example, for single-carrier downlink transmission or single BWP downlink transmission, the number of bits in the first codebook is equal to the non-time-domain overlapping candidates in the first candidate reception timing subset. The maximum number of reception timings, and the number of bits in the second codebook are equal to the maximum number of non-time-domain overlapping candidate reception timings in the second candidate reception timing subset. That is, in a subset of candidate reception opportunities, the candidate reception opportunities that overlap in the time domain are divided into multiple candidate reception units, and each candidate reception unit includes multiple candidate reception opportunities that overlap in the time domain. These The candidate reception timings with overlapping time domains cannot be transmitted at the same time, so only one corresponding ACK / NACK is needed. Of course, this description in this article is based on the example that the first time unit set belongs to one downlink frequency unit. If the first time unit set belongs to multiple downlink frequency units, for each downlink frequency unit, the method described in this article can be used. Determine the number of bits in the codebook.
但是另外,目前NR也在讨论下行终端设备可以叠加传输或者抢占传输。也就是说,当网络设备已经给终端设备调度了一个PDSCH资源,例如为PDSCH 1,对应PDCCH 1,用于传输eMBB业务,但是后面又有该终端设备的紧急的URLLC业务到达,则网络设备将在与PDSCH 1时域重叠的部分调度1个新的PDSCH资源,例如为PDSCH 2,对应PDCCH 2,PDCCH 2在时间上晚于PDCCH 1,PDSCH 2用于承载URLLC业务。此时,PDSCH 2可以考虑与PDSCH 1叠加传输,特别是当二者频域不重叠时,或者,网络设备也可以只传输PDSCH 2,而停止传输PDSCH 1,至少停止传输与PDSCH2有重叠的时域符号上的PDSCH 1。But in addition, NR is currently discussing that downlink terminal equipment can superimpose transmission or preempt transmission. That is, when the network device has scheduled a PDSCH resource for the terminal device, for example, PDSCH 1 corresponding to PDCCH 1 for transmitting eMBB services, but the emergency URLLC service of the terminal device arrives later, the network device will A new PDSCH resource is scheduled in a part overlapping with the PDSCH time domain, for example, PDSCH 2, corresponding to PDCCH 2, PDCCH 2 is later in time than PDCCH 1, and PDSCH 2 is used to carry URLLC services. At this time, PDSCH 2 can be considered for superimposed transmission with PDSCH 1, especially when the frequency domains of the two do not overlap, or the network device can only transmit PDSCH 2 and stop transmitting PDSCH 1, at least when transmission stops overlapping with PDSCH 2 PDSCH on the domain symbol.
根据本文的介绍可知,本文中终端设备在确定码本时是使用了切分方式,也就是说,在一个时间单元中,如果有多个候选接收时机在时域上有重叠,则这多个候选接收时机会很可能被分为一个组,而对于这一个组,终端设备只传输一个ACK/NACK,而不会针对其中的每个候选接收时机都传输ACK/NACK,这显然与上述的叠加传输的过程相矛盾。另外,即使网络设备进行抢占传输,即只传输PDSCH 2,不传输PDSCH 1,终端设备一旦漏检了调度PDSCH 2的PDCCH,则会继续尝试接收PDSCH 1,并根据译码结果生成PDSCH1的ACK/NCK反馈给网络设备,但是网络设备会把该ACK/NCK理解为PDSCH 2的译码结果,造成网络设备和终端设备对HARQ-ACK码本理解的不对齐,对HARQ-ACK重传造成很大影响,进而造成下行传输失败。According to the introduction of this article, the terminal device in this article uses the segmentation method when determining the codebook, that is, in a time unit, if there are multiple candidate receiving opportunities that overlap in the time domain, these multiple Opportunities for receiving candidates are likely to be divided into a group. For this group, the terminal device only transmits one ACK / NACK, and does not transmit ACK / NACK for each candidate receiving opportunity. This obviously overlaps with the above. The process of transmission is contradictory. In addition, even if the network device performs preemptive transmission, that is, only transmits PDSCH 2 and does not transmit PDSCH 1, once the terminal device fails to detect the PDCCH scheduling PDSCH 2, it will continue to try to receive PDSCH 1 and generate an ACK / PDSCH1 according to the decoding result. NCK feeds back to the network equipment, but the network equipment will interpret the ACK / NCK as the decoding result of PDSCH, causing the network equipment and terminal equipment to misalign the understanding of the HARQ-ACK codebook, which will cause a lot of HARQ-ACK retransmissions. Impact, which in turn causes downlink transmission failure.
可见,在现有的半静态码本方式下的码本确定过程中,对于时域重叠的候选接收时机可能只会进行一次计数,即,对于被分到1个PDSCH接收时机组内的时域重叠的多个候选接收时机只会生成一个ACK/NACK。那么考虑到叠加传输的方案,在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以为原本属于一个接收时机组内的候选接收时机设置不同的码本标识信息,从而将原本属于一个接收时机组内的、时域重叠的候选接收时机分配到不同的候选接收时机 子集,而不同的候选接收时机子集对应的码本不同,也就相当于将原本属于一个接收时机组内的、时域重叠的候选接收时机对应的ACK/NACK分配到了不同的码本中,例如,第一候选接收时机子集包括第一候选接收时机,第二候选接收时机子集包括第二候选接收时机,第一候选接收时机所属的候选接收时机组与第二候选接收时机所属的候选接收时机组在时域上可以重叠。从而,对于原本属于一个接收时机组内的、时域重叠的候选接收时机也可以分别生成ACK/NACK并进行反馈,使得反馈ACK/NACK的粒度更细,反馈结果能准确地反应对更多的候选接收时机中传输的PDSCH的接收状态。It can be seen that in the process of determining the codebook in the existing semi-static codebook mode, the candidate reception timings with overlapping time domains may only be counted once, that is, the time domain within the unit when it is divided into 1 PDSCH reception. The overlapping multiple candidate reception timings will only generate one ACK / NACK. Then, considering the scheme of superimposed transmission, in the embodiment of the present application, the network device may set different codebook identification information for candidate receiving timings that originally belonged to a receiving unit, so as to assign the original Candidate receiving opportunities with overlapping domains are assigned to different subsets of candidate receiving opportunities, and different codebooks corresponding to different candidate receiving opportunity subsets are different, which is equivalent to assigning candidate receivers that originally belong to a receiving unit with overlapping time domains. The ACK / NACK corresponding to the timing is assigned to different codebooks. For example, the first candidate reception timing subset includes the first candidate reception timing, the second candidate reception timing subset includes the second candidate reception timing, and the first candidate reception timing belongs to The candidate reception time unit of and the candidate reception time unit to which the second candidate reception opportunity belongs may overlap in the time domain. Therefore, ACK / NACKs can also be generated and fed back for candidate receiving opportunities that originally belong to a unit that overlaps the time domain, so that the granularity of the feedback ACK / NACK can be finer, and the feedback result can accurately reflect more The reception status of the PDSCH transmitted in the candidate reception timing.
为了更为直观地了解如上所介绍的方法,下面再提供一个实施例,下面的实施例是对图4所介绍的方法的一个具体的示例。请参考图7,为一种具体的发送、接收码本信息的方法的流程图,图7所示的方法也就是对图4所示的发送、接收码本的方法的具体示例。In order to more intuitively understand the method introduced above, another embodiment is provided below. The following embodiment is a specific example of the method described in FIG. 4. Please refer to FIG. 7, which is a flowchart of a specific method for sending and receiving codebook information. The method shown in FIG. 7 is a specific example of the method for sending and receiving codebooks shown in FIG. 4.
S71、网络设备向终端设备发送高层信令,则终端设备接收来自网络设备的高层信令。该高层信令例如为RRC信令,且,S71中的高层信令可以是一条信令,也可以是多条信令。S71. The network device sends high-level signaling to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the high-level signaling from the network device. The high-level signaling is, for example, RRC signaling, and the high-level signaling in S71 may be one signaling or multiple signalings.
通过该高层信令,网络设备为终端设备配置的信息包括:Through this high-level signaling, the information configured by the network device for the terminal device includes:
配置1:DL的子载波间隔(SCS)和UL的子载波间隔。例如DL的SCS和UL的SCS都是15kHz。Configuration 1: DL's subcarrier spacing (SCS) and UL's subcarrier spacing. For example, the SCS of DL and SCS of UL are both 15kHz.
配置2:用于承载ACK/NCK的PUCCH资源集的信息。例如网络设备为终端设备配置了K+1个PUCCH资源集,K=2,其中的第k个PUCCH资源集对应的ACK/NCK载荷大小区间为[N k,N k+1),其中,N 0=1,N 1=3,N 2=12,,N 3为无穷大或者很大,以保障最大反馈的ACK/NCK负载。并且第k个PUCCH资源集包括的PUCCH资源的数目为M k,其中M 0=16,M 1=M 2=8。 Configuration 2: Information of the PUCCH resource set used to carry ACK / NCK. For example, the network device configures K + 1 PUCCH resource sets for the terminal device, K = 2, and the ACK / NCK payload size interval corresponding to the kth PUCCH resource set is [N k , N k + 1 ), where N 0 = 1, N 1 = 3, N 2 = 12, and N 3 is infinite or large to ensure the maximum feedback ACK / NCK load. And the number of PUCCH resources included in the k-th PUCCH resource set is M k , where M 0 = 16 and M 1 = M 2 = 8.
配置3:ACK/NACK的反馈粒度,例如配置进行传输块(transportblock,TB)为粒度的ACK/NCK反馈,那么就表示无需进行CBG为粒度的ACK/NCK反馈,只需要进行TB为粒度的ACK/NCK反馈。例如通过配置3还配置一个PDSCH传输的TB数目,例如该数目为1,即,1个PDSCH只承载1个TB。Configuration 3: feedback granularity of ACK / NACK, for example, configure ACK / NCK feedback with transmission block (TB) as granularity, then it means that there is no need to perform ACK / NCK feedback with CBG as granularity, only TB with ACK as granularity / NCK feedback. For example, through configuration 3, the number of TBs transmitted by one PDSCH is also configured. For example, the number is 1, that is, one PDSCH only carries one TB.
配置4:K1的取值集合。例如K1的取值集合为{2,4,6}。例如K1的取值集合对应的第二时间单元为时隙n,那也就是说,第一时间单元集合包括3个第一时间单元,以时间单元是时隙为例,第一时间单元集合包括的3个时隙分别为时隙n-2、时隙n-4和时隙n-6。Configuration 4: K1 value set. For example, the value set of K1 is {2,4,6}. For example, the second time unit corresponding to the value set of K1 is time slot n, that is, the first time unit set includes three first time units. Taking the time unit as a time slot as an example, the first time unit set includes The three timeslots are timeslot n-2, timeslot n-4, and timeslot n-6.
配置5:PDCCH中的TimeDomainResourceAllocation长度是4比特,并为16种取值分别配置了对应的第一参数组,第一参数组为{K0,SLIV,PDSCH Mapping type,码本标识信息}。Configuration 5: The length of the TimeDomainResourceAllocation in the PDCCH is 4 bits, and corresponding first parameter groups are respectively configured for 16 types of values. The first parameter group is {K0, SLIV, PDSCH Mapping type, codebook identification information}.
例如,通过高层信令配置了2个码本标识信息,即0和1,其中码本标识信息0与PDSCH Mapping Type A对应,码本标识信息1与PDSCH Mapping Type B对应。具体的SLIV、PDSCH Mapping Type和码本标识信息的配置如图8所示,其中的#n表示该PDSCH对应TimeDomainResourceAllocation取值为n,#n后的小括号()内的数字表示对1个时隙内的候选接收时机进行切分后得到的候选接收时机组的标识(也就是如前文所述的,将一个时隙进行切分,会得到至少一个候选接收时机组,每个候选接收时机组包括至少一个候选接收时机,对于一个候选接收时机组的候选接收时机,终端设备只发送一个ACK/NACK)。需要注意的是,对于码本标识0和1,需要分别进行候选接收时机的切分和分组,以分别确定第一码本的比特数和第二码本的比特数。For example, two codebook identification information, 0 and 1, are configured through high-level signaling, where codebook identification information 0 corresponds to PDSCH Mapping Type A, and codebook identification information 1 corresponds to PDSCH Mapping Type B. The specific configuration of SLIV, PDSCH Mapping Type, and codebook identification information is shown in Figure 8, where #n indicates that the PDSCH corresponds to TimeDomainResourceAllocation value n, and the number in parentheses () after #n indicates that one The identification of the candidate reception unit after segmenting the candidate reception opportunities in the slot (that is, as described above, segmenting a time slot will obtain at least one candidate reception unit, and each candidate reception unit Including at least one candidate reception timing, and for one candidate reception timing of the unit, the terminal device only sends one ACK / NACK). It should be noted that, for the codebook identifiers 0 and 1, segmentation and grouping of candidate reception timings are required to determine the number of bits of the first codebook and the number of bits of the second codebook, respectively.
S72、网络设备在时隙#(n-6)上向终端设备发送PDCCH 1,则终端设备在时隙#(n-6) 上接收来自网络设备的PDCCH 1。其中,PDCCH1用于调度本时隙内的PDSCH 1,对应图8中的#0,PDSCH映射类型为Type A,对应的码本标识信息为0,并且其中ARI为“000”。可参考图9。S72. The network device sends the PDCCH 1 to the terminal device on the time slot # (n-6), and the terminal device receives the PDCCH 1 from the network device on the time slot # (n-6). Among them, PDCCH1 is used to schedule PDSCH1 in this time slot, corresponding to # 0 in FIG. 8, the PDSCH mapping type is TypeA, the corresponding codebook identification information is 0, and ARI is "000". Refer to Figure 9.
例如终端设备对PDCCH 1成功接收,以及对PDSCH 1成功译码,终端设备生成ACK1。For example, the terminal device successfully receives PDCCH 1 and decodes PDSCH 1 successfully, and the terminal device generates ACK1.
S73、网络设备在时隙#(n-4)上向终端设备发送PDCCH 2,则终端设备在时隙#(n-4)上接收来自网络设备的PDCCH 2。其中,PDCCH 2用于调度本时隙内的PDSCH 2,对应图8中的#13,PDSCH映射类型为Type B,对应的码本标识信息为1,并且其中ARI为“001”。可继续参考图9。S73. The network device sends the PDCCH 2 to the terminal device on the time slot # (n-4), and the terminal device receives the PDCCH 2 from the network device on the time slot # (n-4). Among them, PDCCH 2 is used to schedule PDSCH 2 in this time slot, corresponding to # 13 in FIG. 8, the PDSCH mapping type is Type B, the corresponding codebook identification information is 1, and ARI is "001". Continue to refer to FIG. 9.
例如终端设备对PDCCH 2成功接收,但是对PDSCH 2译码失败,则终端设备生成NACK 2。For example, if the terminal device successfully receives the PDCCH 2 but fails to decode the PDSCH 2, the terminal device generates a NACK 2.
S74、网络设备在时隙#(n-2)上向终端设备发送PDCCH 3,则终端设备在时隙#(n-2)上接收来自网络设备的PDCCH 3。其中,PDCCH 3用于调度本时隙内的PDSCH 3,对应图8中的#1,PDSCH映射类型为TypeA,对应的码本标识信息为0,并且其中ARI为“010”。另外,网络设备在时隙#(n-2)上的另一个候选接收时机向终端设备发送PDCCH 4,则终端设备在时隙#(n-2)上接收来自网络设备的PDCCH 4。其中,PDCCH 4用于调度本时隙内的PDSCH 4,对应图8中的#12,PDSCH映射类型为TypeB,对应的码本标识信息为1,并且其中ARI为“001”。可继续参考图9。S74. The network device sends the PDCCH 3 to the terminal device on the time slot # (n-2), and the terminal device receives the PDCCH 3 from the network device on the time slot # (n-2). Among them, PDCCH 3 is used to schedule PDSCH 3 in this time slot, corresponding to # 1 in FIG. 8, the PDSCH mapping type is Type A, the corresponding codebook identification information is 0, and ARI is "010". In addition, another candidate receiving opportunity of the network device on the slot # (n-2) sends the PDCCH 4 to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the PDCCH 4 from the network device on the slot # (n-2). Among them, PDCCH 4 is used to schedule PDSCH 4 in this time slot, corresponding to # 12 in FIG. 8, the PDSCH mapping type is Type B, the corresponding codebook identification information is 1, and ARI is "001". Continue to refer to FIG. 9.
其中,PDSCH 3与PDSCH 4在时域上重叠,在频域上可重叠也可以不重叠。Among them, PDSCH 3 and PDSCH 4 overlap in the time domain, and may or may not overlap in the frequency domain.
例如终端设备对PDCCH 3成功接收,但是对PDSCH 3译码失败,终端设备针对PDSCH3生成NACK 3,以及,终端设备对PDCCH 4成功接收,且对PDSCH 4译码成功,则终端设备生成ACK 4。For example, the terminal device successfully receives PDCCH 3, but fails to decode PDSCH 3, the terminal device generates NACK 3 for PDSCH 3, and the terminal device successfully receives PDCCH 4, and decodes PDSCH 4 successfully, then the terminal device generates ACK 4.
S75、在时隙#n之前,终端设备完成对候选接收时机子集的确定、生成第一码本和第二码本、以及确定物理上行信道的过程。S75. Prior to time slot #n, the terminal device completes the process of determining a subset of candidate receiving opportunities, generating a first codebook and a second codebook, and determining a physical uplink channel.
关于候选接收时机子集的确定:终端设备根据PDSCH 1~4的TimeDomainResourceAllocation的取值,对PDSCH 1~4进行分组,具体的,TimeDomainResourceAllocation的取值指示码本标识信息的取值,可知,PDSCH 1和PDSCH 3的码本标识信息为0,将PDSCH 1和PDSCH 3分为第一组,也就是将PDSCH1对应的候选接收时机和PDSCH3对应的候选接收时机划分到一个候选接收时机子集中,将第一组记为A组,A组例如就是第一候选接收时机子集,PDSCH 2和PDSCH4的码本标识信息为1,将PDSCH2和PDSCH 4分为第二组,也就是将PDSCH2对应的候选接收时机和PDSCH4对应的候选接收时机划分到另一个候选接收时机子集中,将第二组记为B组,B组例如就是第二候选接收时机子集。Regarding the determination of a subset of candidate receiving timings: the terminal device groups PDSCH 1 to 4 according to the value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation of PDSCH 1-4, specifically, the value of TimeDomainResourceAllocation indicates the value of the codebook identification information. It can be seen that PDSCH 1 The codebook identification information for PDSCH 3 is 0, and PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 3 are divided into the first group. That is, the candidate reception timings corresponding to PDSCH1 and the candidate reception timings corresponding to PDSCH3 are divided into a subset of candidate reception timings. One group is referred to as group A. For example, group A is a subset of the first candidate reception timing. The codebook identification information of PDSCH 2 and PDSCH 4 is 1. The PDSCH 2 and PDSCH 4 are divided into the second group, that is, the candidate reception corresponding to PDSCH 2. The timing and the candidate reception timing corresponding to PDSCH4 are divided into another subset of candidate reception timings, and the second group is referred to as group B, and group B is, for example, the second candidate reception timing subset.
关于生成码本:About generating codebooks:
对于A组,根据K1的取值集合可知,潜在的PDSCH时隙为#(n-6)、#(n-4)和#(n-2),对于其中的每个潜在PDSCH时隙,根据图8可知,对应码本标识信息0的候选接收时机只对应于1个候选接收时机组,因此,对于每个潜在PDSCH时隙就只生成一个ACK/NACK,因此A组的码本,也就是第一码本为{ACK1,X,NACK 3},其中X表示在时隙#(n-4)上潜在的候选接收时机组对应的ACK/NACK,可以设置为NACK。For group A, according to the value set of K1, we know that the potential PDSCH time slots are # (n-6), # (n-4), and # (n-2). For each potential PDSCH time slot, according to It can be seen from FIG. 8 that the candidate receiving timing corresponding to the codebook identification information 0 corresponds to only one candidate receiving unit. Therefore, only one ACK / NACK is generated for each potential PDSCH slot. Therefore, the codebook of group A, that is, The first codebook is {ACK1, X, NACK3}, where X represents the ACK / NACK corresponding to the unit when a potential candidate is received on slot # (n-4), and can be set to NACK.
对于B组,根据K1的取值集合可知,潜在的PDSCH时隙为#(n-6)、#(n-4)和#(n-2), 对于其中的每个潜在PDSCH时隙,根据图8可知,对应码本标识信息1的候选接收时机对应于4个候选接收时机组,因此,对于每个潜在PDSCH时隙会生成4个ACK/NACK,分别对应候选接收时机组(#4,#6,#12)、(#7,#9,#13)、(#5,#8,#10,#14)以及(#11,#15)。因此,B组的码本,也就是第二码本为{(Y,Y,Y,Y),(Y,NCK2,Y,Y),(ACK4,Y,Y,Y)},其中Y表示没有接收到PDSCH的候选接收时机组对应的ACK/NACK,可以设为NACK。For group B, according to the value set of K1, it can be known that the potential PDSCH time slots are # (n-6), # (n-4), and # (n-2). For each potential PDSCH time slot, according to It can be seen from FIG. 8 that the candidate receiving timing corresponding to the codebook identification information 1 corresponds to 4 candidate receiving units. Therefore, for each potential PDSCH slot, 4 ACK / NACKs are generated, respectively corresponding to the candidate receiving unit (# 4, # 6, # 12), (# 7, # 9, # 13), (# 5, # 8, # 10, # 14), and (# 11, # 15). Therefore, the codebook of group B, that is, the second codebook is {(Y, Y, Y, Y), (Y, NCK2, Y, Y), (ACK4, Y, Y, Y)}, where Y represents The ACK / NACK corresponding to the crew when the candidate reception of the PDSCH is not received may be set to NACK.
可以看到,#1和#12在一个时隙中是分到一个候选接收时机组的,如果按照现有技术,则针对#1和#12这两个候选接收时机就只会反馈一个ACK/NACK,但是在本实施例中,网络设备为#1设置了码本标识信息0,而为#12设置了码本标识信息1,也就是为时域上有重叠的候选接收时机组设置了不同的码本标识信息,从而将原本属于一个接收时机组内的、时域重叠的候选接收时机#1和#12对应的ACK/NACK分配到了不同的码本中,从而,对于原本属于一个接收时机组内的、时域重叠的候选接收时机可以分别生成ACK/NACK并进行反馈,使得反馈ACK/NACK的粒度更细,反馈结果能准确地反应对更多的候选接收时机中传输的PDSCH的接收状态。It can be seen that # 1 and # 12 are assigned to a candidate reception unit in a time slot. If according to the existing technology, only one ACK / will be fed back for the two candidate reception opportunities of # 1 and # 12. NACK, but in this embodiment, the network device sets the codebook identification information 0 for # 1, and sets the codebook identification information 1 for # 12, that is, the set is different for the candidate receivers that overlap in the time domain. Codebook identification information, so that the ACK / NACKs corresponding to candidate reception opportunities # 1 and # 12 that originally belonged to a unit at the time of reception and overlap in time domain are allocated to different codebooks. Candidates with overlapping time domains within the crew can separately generate ACK / NACK and provide feedback, making the granularity of the feedback ACK / NACK finer, and the feedback result can accurately reflect the reception of PDSCH transmitted in more candidate reception occasions. status.
关于确定PUCCH资源:About determining PUCCH resources:
对于A组,由于1个PDSCH只包含1个TB,且只需要进行TB粒度的ACK/NACK反馈,第一码本的比特数为3,则反馈ACK/NACK的负载大小为3。根据载荷大小为3,可以确定选择第2个PUCCH资源集,再根据最后1个DCI中ARI为“010”,确定选择第2个PUCCH资源集中的第3个PUCCH资源传输第一码本。For group A, since a PDSCH contains only 1 TB, and only TB granularity ACK / NACK feedback is needed, the number of bits in the first codebook is 3, and the load size of the feedback ACK / NACK is 3. According to the payload size of 3, the second PUCCH resource set may be selected, and then based on the ARI in the last DCI being "010", it is determined that the third PUCCH resource in the second PUCCH resource set is selected to transmit the first codebook.
对于B组,由于1个PDSCH只包含1个TB,且只需要进行TB粒度的ACK/NACK反馈,第二码本的比特数为12,则反馈ACK/NACK的负载大小为12。根据载荷大小为12,可以确定选择第3个PUCCH资源集,再根据最后1个DCI中ARI为“001”,确定选择第3个PUCCH资源集中的第2个PUCCH资源传输第二码本。For group B, since one PDSCH contains only one TB, and only TB granularity ACK / NACK feedback is needed, the number of bits in the second codebook is 12, and the load size of the feedback ACK / NACK is 12. According to the payload size of 12, the third PUCCH resource set may be selected, and then based on the ARI in the last DCI being "001", it is determined that the second PUCCH resource in the third PUCCH resource set is selected to transmit the second codebook.
S76、在时隙#n,终端设备在第2个PUCCH资源集内的第3个PUCCH资源上发送第一码本,以及在第3个PUCCH资源集内的第2个PUCCH资源上发送第二码本,则终端设备在时隙#n,在第2个PUCCH资源集内的第3个PUCCH资源上接收来自终端设备的第一码本,以及在第3个PUCCH资源集内的第2个PUCCH资源上接收来自终端设备的第二码本。可继续参考图9,例如图9中从左到右的第一个PUCCH为第2个PUCCH资源集内的第3个PUCCH资源,第二个PUCCH为第3个PUCCH资源集内的第2个PUCCH资源。其中,终端设备发送的是独立编码后的第一码本和独立编码后的第二码本,网络设备接收的也就是独立编码后的第一码本和独立编码后的第二码本。S76. In slot #n, the terminal device sends the first codebook on the third PUCCH resource in the second PUCCH resource set, and sends the second codebook on the second PUCCH resource in the third PUCCH resource set. Codebook, the terminal device receives the first codebook from the terminal device on the third PUCCH resource in the second PUCCH resource set in slot #n, and the second one in the third PUCCH resource set A second codebook from the terminal device is received on the PUCCH resource. You can continue to refer to FIG. 9, for example, the first PUCCH from left to right in FIG. 9 is the third PUCCH resource in the second PUCCH resource set, and the second PUCCH is the second PUCCH in the third PUCCH resource set. PUCCH resources. Wherein, the terminal device sends the independently encoded first codebook and the independently encoded second codebook, and the network device receives the independently encoded first codebook and the independently encoded second codebook.
如图9所示,第2个PUCCH资源集内的第3个PUCCH资源和第3个PUCCH资源集内的第2个PUCCH资源,在时隙n内,在时域上是不重叠的,因此,终端设备可以在第2个PUCCH资源集内的第3个PUCCH资源上发送第一码本,以及在第3个PUCCH资源集内的第2个PUCCH资源上发送第二码本,这两个码本的发送过程彼此之间不会有干扰,都能够得到正常传输。As shown in FIG. 9, the third PUCCH resource in the second PUCCH resource set and the second PUCCH resource in the third PUCCH resource set do not overlap in the time domain in the time slot n, so , The terminal device may send the first codebook on the third PUCCH resource in the second PUCCH resource set, and the second codebook on the second PUCCH resource in the third PUCCH resource set. The sending process of the codebook will not interfere with each other, and can be transmitted normally.
简言之,在本申请实施例中,可以将反馈信息划分为不同的码本,从而可以对第一码本和第二码本分别处理,无需将所有的反馈信息都作为一个码本统一发送,因此可以有效减小反馈信息的发送时延,从而也就相应减小了下行数据的传输时延。In short, in the embodiment of the present application, the feedback information can be divided into different codebooks, so that the first codebook and the second codebook can be processed separately, and it is not necessary to send all the feedback information as one codebook. Therefore, the transmission delay of the feedback information can be effectively reduced, thereby reducing the transmission delay of the downlink data accordingly.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例提供的装置。The device provided in the embodiments of the present application is described below with reference to the drawings.
图10示出了一种通信装置1000的结构示意图。该通信装置1000可以实现上文中涉 及的终端设备的功能。该通信装置1000可以是上文中所述的终端设备,或者可以是设置在上文中所述的终端设备中的芯片。该通信装置1000可以包括处理器1001和收发器1002。其中,处理器1001可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中的S43,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程,收发器1002可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中的S41、S42和S44,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程;或者,处理器1001可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中的S75,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程,收发器1002可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中的S71、S72、S73、S74和S76,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1000. The communication device 1000 can implement the functions of the terminal equipment mentioned above. The communication device 1000 may be a terminal device described above, or may be a chip provided in the terminal device described above. The communication device 1000 may include a processor 1001 and a transceiver 1002. The processor 1001 may be used to execute S43 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein. The transceiver 1002 may be used to execute the embodiment shown in FIG. 4. S41, S42, and S44, and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein; or, the processor 1001 may be used to perform S75 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 and / or for supporting the technology described herein. For other processes of the techniques described, the transceiver 1002 may be used to perform S71, S72, S73, S74, and S76 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 and / or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein.
例如,收发器1002,用于在第一时间单元集合中的候选接收时机中接收至少一个物理下行数据信道,所述第一时间单元集合包括M个候选接收时机,M为大于1的整数,所述M个候选接收时机按照码本标识信息被划分为第一候选接收时机子集和第二候选接收时机子集,其中,所述码本标识信息包括第一码本标识信息和第二码本标识信息,所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第一码本标识信息对应,所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二码本标识信息对应;For example, the transceiver 1002 is configured to receive at least one physical downlink data channel at a candidate receiving opportunity in a first set of time units, where the first set of time units includes M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1, The M candidate receiving timings are divided into a first candidate receiving timing subset and a second candidate receiving timing subset according to the codebook identification information, wherein the codebook identification information includes the first codebook identification information and the second codebook Identification information, the first candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the first codebook identification information, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information;
处理器1001,用于根据所述至少一个物理下行数据信道的接收状态生成反馈信息码本,所述反馈信息码本包括第一码本和第二码本,所述第一码本与所述第一候选接收时机子集对应,所述第二码本与所述第二候选接收时机子集对应;A processor 1001, configured to generate a feedback information codebook according to a receiving status of the at least one physical downlink data channel, where the feedback information codebook includes a first codebook and a second codebook, and the first codebook and the The first candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds, and the second codebook corresponds to the second candidate receiving opportunity subset;
收发器1002,还用于在第二时间单元发送所述第一码本和/或所述第二码本。The transceiver 1002 is further configured to send the first codebook and / or the second codebook in a second time unit.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Wherein, all relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiment can be referred to the functional description of the corresponding functional module, which will not be repeated here.
图11示出了一种通信装置1100的结构示意图。该通信装置1100可以实现上文中涉及的终端设备的功能。该通信装置1100可以是上文中所述的网络设备,或者可以是设置在上文中所述的网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置1100可以包括处理器1101和收发器1102。其中,处理器1101可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中的生成配置信息的过程、以及确定接收码本的物理上行信道等过程,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程,收发器1102可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中的S41、S42和S44,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程;或者,处理器1101可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中的生成配置信息的过程、以及确定接收码本的物理上行信道等过程,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程,收发器1102可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中的S71、S72、S73、S74和S76,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1100. The communication device 1100 can implement the functions of the terminal equipment mentioned above. The communication device 1100 may be the network device described above, or may be a chip provided in the network device described above. The communication device 1100 may include a processor 1101 and a transceiver 1102. The processor 1101 may be configured to execute a process of generating configuration information and a process of determining a physical uplink channel of a received codebook in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein. The transceiver 1102 may be used to perform S41, S42, and S44 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein; or, the processor 1101 may be used to perform the process shown in FIG. 7. In the illustrated embodiment, the process of generating configuration information, the process of determining a physical uplink channel for receiving a codebook, and / or other processes for supporting the techniques described herein, the transceiver 1102 may be used to execute the process shown in FIG. 7. S71, S72, S73, S74, and S76 in the embodiments, and / or other processes used to support the techniques described herein.
例如,收发器1102,用于在第一时间单元集合中的候选接收时机中发送至少一个物理下行数据信道,所述第一时间单元集合包括M个候选接收时机,M为大于1的整数,所述M个候选接收时机按照码本标识信息被划分为第一候选接收时机子集和第二候选接收时机子集,其中,所述码本标识信息包括第一码本标识信息和第二码本标识信息,所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第一码本标识信息对应,所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二码本标识信息对应;For example, the transceiver 1102 is configured to send at least one physical downlink data channel in a candidate receiving opportunity in a first set of time units, where the first set of time units includes M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1, The M candidate receiving timings are divided into a first candidate receiving timing subset and a second candidate receiving timing subset according to the codebook identification information, wherein the codebook identification information includes the first codebook identification information and the second codebook Identification information, the first candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the first codebook identification information, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information;
收发器1102,还用于在第二时间单元接收第一码本和/或第二码本,所述第一码本与所述第一候选接收时机子集对应,所述第二码本与所述第二候选接收时机子集对应。The transceiver 1102 is further configured to receive a first codebook and / or a second codebook in a second time unit, where the first codebook corresponds to the first subset of candidate reception opportunities, and the second codebook is related to The second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Wherein, all relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiment can be referred to the functional description of the corresponding functional module, which will not be repeated here.
在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到,还可以将通信装置1000或通信装置1100通过如图12A所示的通信装置1200的结构实现。该通信装置1200可以实现上文中涉及的终端设备或网络设备的功能。该通信装置1200可以包括处理器1201。In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art can think that the communication device 1000 or the communication device 1100 can also be implemented by the structure of the communication device 1200 as shown in FIG. 12A. The communication device 1200 may implement the functions of the terminal equipment or the network equipment mentioned above. The communication device 1200 may include a processor 1201.
其中,在该通信装置1200用于实现上文中涉及的终端设备的功能时,处理器1201可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中的S43,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程;或者,在该通信装置1200用于实现上文中涉及的终端设备的功能时,处理器1201可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中的S75,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程;或者,在该通信装置1200用于实现上文中涉及的网络设备的功能时,处理器1201可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中的生成配置信息的过程、以及确定接收码本的物理上行信道等过程,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程;或者,在该通信装置1200用于实现上文中涉及的网络设备的功能时,处理器1201可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中的生成配置信息的过程、以及确定接收码本的物理上行信道等过程,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。Wherein, when the communication device 1200 is used to implement the functions of the terminal device mentioned above, the processor 1201 may be used to execute S43 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and / or used to support the technology described herein. Other processes; or, when the communication device 1200 is used to implement the functions of the terminal device mentioned above, the processor 1201 may be used to execute S75 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 and / or used to support the description in this document Other processes of the technology; or, when the communication device 1200 is used to implement the functions of the network device involved above, the processor 1201 may be configured to execute a process of generating configuration information in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and determine A process such as receiving a physical uplink channel of a codebook, and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein; or, when the communication device 1200 is used to implement the functions of the network device mentioned above, the processor 1201 may use For performing the process of generating configuration information in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 and the process of determining a physical uplink channel for receiving a codebook, and / or for supporting the technology described herein Other processes.
其中,通信装置1200可以通过现场可编程门阵列(field-programmable gate array,FPGA),专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),中央处理器(central processor unit,CPU),网络处理器(network processor,NP),数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片实现,则通信装置1200可被设置于本申请实施例的终端设备或网络设备中,以使得终端设备或网络设备实现本申请实施例提供的方法。Among them, the communication device 1200 can pass through a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a system chip (SoC), and a central processor (central processor). unit (CPU), network processor (NP), digital signal processor (DSP), microcontroller (microcontroller unit, MCU), or programmable controller (programmable logic device, PLD) or other integrated chips, the communication device 1200 may be set in the terminal device or network device in the embodiment of the present application, so that the terminal device or network device implements the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
在一种可选实现方式中,该通信装置1200可以包括收发组件,用于与其他设备进行通信。In an optional implementation manner, the communication apparatus 1200 may include a transceiver component for communicating with other devices.
其中,在该通信装置1200用于实现上文中涉及的终端设备或网络设备的功能时,收发组件可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中的S41、S42和S44,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程;或者,在该通信装置1200用于实现上文中涉及的终端设备或网络设备的功能时,收发组件可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中的S71、S72、S73、S74和S76,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。Wherein, when the communication device 1200 is used to implement the functions of the terminal equipment or network equipment mentioned above, the transceiver component may be used to execute S41, S42, and S44 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and / or used to support Other processes of the technology described herein; or, when the communication device 1200 is used to implement the functions of the terminal device or the network device mentioned above, the transceiver component may be used to execute S71 and S72 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 , S73, S74, and S76, and / or other processes to support the techniques described herein.
在一种可选实现方式中,该通信装置1200还可以包括存储器1202,可参考图12B,其中,存储器1202用于存储计算机程序或指令,处理器1201用于译码和执行这些计算机程序或指令。应理解,这些计算机程序或指令可包括上述终端设备或网络设备的功能程序。当终端设备的功能程序被处理器1201译码并执行时,可使得终端设备实现本申请实施例图4所示的实施例或图7所示的实施例所提供的方法中终端设备的功能。当网络设备的功能程序被处理器1201译码并执行时,可使得网络设备实现本申请实施例图4所示的实施例或图7所示的实施例所提供的方法中网络设备的功能。In an optional implementation manner, the communication device 1200 may further include a memory 1202, as shown in FIG. 12B. The memory 1202 is configured to store computer programs or instructions, and the processor 1201 is configured to decode and execute these computer programs or instructions. . It should be understood that these computer programs or instructions may include the functional programs of the foregoing terminal device or network device. When the functional program of the terminal device is decoded and executed by the processor 1201, the terminal device can be caused to implement the functions of the terminal device in the method shown in FIG. 4 in the embodiment of the present application or the method provided in the embodiment shown in FIG. When the functional program of the network device is decoded and executed by the processor 1201, the network device may be enabled to implement the functions of the network device in the method shown in FIG. 4 or the method provided in the embodiment shown in FIG.
在另一种可选实现方式中,这些终端设备或网络设备的功能程序存储在通信装置1200外部的存储器中。当终端设备的功能程序被处理器1201译码并执行时,存储器1202中临时存放上述终端设备的功能程序的部分或全部内容。当网络设备的功能程序被处理器1201译码并执行时,存储器1202中临时存放上述网络设备的功能程序的部分或全部内容。In another optional implementation manner, the function programs of these terminal devices or network devices are stored in a memory external to the communication device 1200. When the function program of the terminal device is decoded and executed by the processor 1201, a part or all of the function program of the terminal device is temporarily stored in the memory 1202. When the function program of the network device is decoded and executed by the processor 1201, a part or all of the content of the function program of the network device is temporarily stored in the memory 1202.
在另一种可选实现方式中,这些终端设备或网络设备的功能程序被设置于存储在通信装置1200内部的存储器1202中。当通信装置1200内部的存储器1202中存储有终端设备 的功能程序时,通信装置1200可被设置在本申请实施例的终端设备中。当通信装置1200内部的存储器1202中存储有网络设备的功能程序时,通信装置1200可被设置在本申请实施例的网络设备中。In another optional implementation manner, the function programs of these terminal devices or network devices are set in a memory 1202 stored in the communication device 1200. When the function program of the terminal device is stored in the memory 1202 inside the communication device 1200, the communication device 1200 may be set in the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application. When the function program of the network device is stored in the memory 1202 inside the communication device 1200, the communication device 1200 may be set in the network device in the embodiment of the present application.
在又一种可选实现方式中,这些终端设备的功能程序的部分内容存储在通信装置1200外部的存储器中,这些终端设备的功能程序的其他部分内容存储在通信装置1200内部的存储器1202中。或,这些网络设备的功能程序的部分内容存储在通信装置1200外部的存储器中,这些网络设备的功能程序的其他部分内容存储在通信装置1200内部的存储器1202中。In another optional implementation manner, part of the content of the functional programs of these terminal devices is stored in a memory external to the communication device 1200, and other content of the functional programs of these terminal devices is stored in a memory 1202 inside the communication device 1200. Or, part of the content of the function program of these network devices is stored in a memory external to the communication device 1200, and other content of the function program of these network devices is stored in a memory 1202 inside the communication device 1200.
在本申请实施例中,通信装置1000、通信装置1100及通信装置1200对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现,或者,可以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指ASIC,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。In the embodiment of the present application, the communication device 1000, the communication device 1100, and the communication device 1200 are presented in the form of dividing each functional module into corresponding functions, or may be presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner. The "module" herein may refer to an ASIC, a processor and a memory executing one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and / or other devices capable of providing the above functions.
另外,图10所示的实施例提供的通信装置1000还可以通过其他形式实现。例如该通信装置包括处理模块和收发模块。例如处理模块可通过处理器1001实现,收发模块可通过收发器1002实现。其中,处理模块可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中的S43,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程,收发模块可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中的S41、S42和S44,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程;或者,处理模块可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中的S75,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程,收发模块可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中的S71、S72、S73、S74和S76,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In addition, the communication device 1000 provided in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 may also be implemented in other forms. For example, the communication device includes a processing module and a transceiver module. For example, the processing module may be implemented by the processor 1001, and the transceiver module may be implemented by the transceiver 1002. The processing module may be used to execute S43 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and / or other processes to support the technology described herein. The transceiver module may be used to execute S41 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4. , S42 and S44, and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein; or, the processing module may be used to perform S75 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 and / or for supporting the technology described herein For other processes, the transceiver module may be used to perform S71, S72, S73, S74, and S76 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein.
例如,收发模块,用于在第一时间单元集合中的候选接收时机中接收至少一个物理下行数据信道,所述第一时间单元集合包括M个候选接收时机,M为大于1的整数,所述M个候选接收时机按照码本标识信息被划分为第一候选接收时机子集和第二候选接收时机子集,其中,所述码本标识信息包括第一码本标识信息和第二码本标识信息,所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第一码本标识信息对应,所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二码本标识信息对应;For example, a transceiver module is configured to receive at least one physical downlink data channel at a candidate receiving opportunity in a first set of time units, where the first set of time units includes M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1, and The M candidate receiving timings are divided into a first candidate receiving timing subset and a second candidate receiving timing subset according to the codebook identification information, where the codebook identification information includes the first codebook identification information and the second codebook identification Information, the first candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the first codebook identification information, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information;
处理模块,用于根据所述至少一个物理下行数据信道的接收状态生成反馈信息码本,所述反馈信息码本包括第一码本和第二码本,所述第一码本与所述第一候选接收时机子集对应,所述第二码本与所述第二候选接收时机子集对应;A processing module, configured to generate a feedback information codebook according to a reception status of the at least one physical downlink data channel, where the feedback information codebook includes a first codebook and a second codebook, and the first codebook and the first codebook A candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds, and the second codebook corresponds to the second candidate receiving opportunity subset;
收发模块,还用于在第二时间单元发送所述第一码本和/或所述第二码本。The transceiver module is further configured to send the first codebook and / or the second codebook in a second time unit.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Wherein, all relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiment can be referred to the functional description of the corresponding functional module, which will not be repeated here.
图11所示的实施例提供的通信装置1100还可以通过其他形式实现。例如该通信装置包括处理模块和收发模块。例如处理模块可通过处理器1101实现,收发模块可通过收发器1102实现。其中,处理模块可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中的生成配置信息的过程、以及确定接收码本的物理上行信道等过程,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程,收发模块可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中的S41、S42和S44,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程;或者,处理模块可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中的生成配置信息的过程、以及确定接收码本的物理上行信道等过程,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程,收发模块可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中的S71、S72、S73、S74和S76,和/或 用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。The communication device 1100 provided in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 may also be implemented in other forms. For example, the communication device includes a processing module and a transceiver module. For example, the processing module may be implemented by the processor 1101, and the transceiver module may be implemented by the transceiver 1102. The processing module may be used to perform a process of generating configuration information and a process of determining a physical uplink channel of a received codebook in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein, The transceiver module may be used to execute S41, S42, and S44 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and / or other processes to support the technology described herein; or, the processing module may be used to execute the implementation shown in FIG. 7 In the example, the process of generating configuration information, the process of determining the physical uplink channel of the received codebook, and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein, the transceiver module may be used to execute the embodiment shown in FIG. 7. S71, S72, S73, S74, and S76, and / or other processes used to support the techniques described herein.
例如,收发模块,用于在第一时间单元集合中的候选接收时机中发送至少一个物理下行数据信道,所述第一时间单元集合包括M个候选接收时机,M为大于1的整数,所述M个候选接收时机按照码本标识信息被划分为第一候选接收时机子集和第二候选接收时机子集,其中,所述码本标识信息包括第一码本标识信息和第二码本标识信息,所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第一码本标识信息对应,所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二码本标识信息对应;For example, a transceiver module is configured to send at least one physical downlink data channel in a candidate receiving opportunity in a first set of time units, where the first set of time units includes M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1, and The M candidate receiving timings are divided into a first candidate receiving timing subset and a second candidate receiving timing subset according to the codebook identification information, where the codebook identification information includes the first codebook identification information and the second codebook identification Information, the first candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the first codebook identification information, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information;
收发模块,还用于在第二时间单元接收第一码本和/或第二码本,所述第一码本与所述第一候选接收时机子集对应,所述第二码本与所述第二候选接收时机子集对应。The transceiver module is further configured to receive a first codebook and / or a second codebook in a second time unit, the first codebook corresponding to the first candidate receiving timing subset, and the second codebook and The second candidate reception timing subset correspondence is described.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Wherein, all relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiment can be referred to the functional description of the corresponding functional module, which will not be repeated here.
由于本申请实施例提供的通信装置1000、通信装置1100及通信装置1200可用于执行图4所示的实施例或图7所示的实施例所提供的方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the communication device 1000, the communication device 1100, and the communication device 1200 provided in the embodiments of the present application can be used to execute the method provided in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, the technical effects that can be obtained can be obtained. With reference to the foregoing method embodiments, details are not described herein again.
本申请实施例是参照根据本申请实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。Embodiments of the present application are described with reference to flowcharts and / or block diagrams of methods, devices (systems), and computer program products according to the embodiments of the present application. It should be understood that each process and / or block in the flowcharts and / or block diagrams, and combinations of processes and / or blocks in the flowcharts and / or block diagrams can be implemented by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions may be provided to a processor of a general-purpose computer, special-purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine, so that instructions generated by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing device may be used to Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more flowcharts and / or one or more blocks of the block diagrams.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字通用光盘(digital versatile disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are wholly or partially generated. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website site, a computer, a server, or a data center. Wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center for transmission. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes one or more available medium integration. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital versatile disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD) ))Wait.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请实施例的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various modifications and variations to the embodiments of the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the embodiments of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalent technologies, the present application also intends to include these changes and variations.

Claims (35)

  1. 一种发送码本信息的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for sending codebook information includes:
    在第一时间单元集合中的候选接收时机中接收至少一个物理下行数据信道,所述第一时间单元集合包括M个候选接收时机,M为大于1的整数,所述M个候选接收时机按照码本标识信息被划分为第一候选接收时机子集和第二候选接收时机子集,其中,所述码本标识信息包括第一码本标识信息和第二码本标识信息,所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第一码本标识信息对应,所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二码本标识信息对应;Receive at least one physical downlink data channel at a candidate receiving opportunity in a first set of time units, the first set of time units including M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1, and the M candidate receiving opportunities are in accordance with codes The identification information is divided into a first candidate receiving opportunity subset and a second candidate receiving opportunity subset, wherein the codebook identification information includes first codebook identification information and second codebook identification information, and the first candidate The subset of receiving timings corresponds to the first codebook identification information, and the second candidate receiving timing subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information;
    根据所述至少一个物理下行数据信道的接收状态生成反馈信息码本,所述反馈信息码本包括第一码本和第二码本,所述第一码本与所述第一候选接收时机子集对应,所述第二码本与所述第二候选接收时机子集对应;Generating a feedback information codebook according to the receiving status of the at least one physical downlink data channel, the feedback information codebook including a first codebook and a second codebook, the first codebook and the first candidate receiving opportunity Set correspondence, and the second codebook corresponds to the second candidate receiving opportunity subset;
    在第二时间单元发送所述第一码本和/或所述第二码本。Sending the first codebook and / or the second codebook at a second time unit.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 1, wherein:
    所述M个候选接收时机中的每个候选接收时机对应第一参数组,所述第一参数组包括码本标识信息,以及包括如下信息中的至少一种:物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移,物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,以及物理下行数据信道映射类型;或,Each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a first parameter group, and the first parameter group includes codebook identification information and includes at least one of the following information: physical downlink data channel and physical downlink control Timing offset between channels, time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and physical downlink data channel mapping type; or,
    所述M个候选接收时机中的每个候选接收时机对应第二参数组,所述第二参数组包括物理下行数据信道映射类型,以及包括如下信息中的至少一种:物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移,及物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,其中,所述码本标识信息与所述物理下行数据信道映射类型对应;或,Each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a second parameter group, where the second parameter group includes a physical downlink data channel mapping type and includes at least one of the following information: physical downlink data channel and physical A timing offset between downlink control channels and time domain location information of a physical downlink data channel, wherein the codebook identification information corresponds to the physical downlink data channel mapping type; or,
    所述M个候选接收时机中的每个候选接收时机对应第三参数组,所述第三参数组包括物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,以及包括如下信息中的至少一种:物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移,及物理下行数据信道映射类型,其中,码本标识信息与物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息对应。Each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a third parameter group, and the third parameter group includes time domain position information of a physical downlink data channel, and includes at least one of the following information: physical downlink data The timing offset between the channel and the physical downlink control channel, and the physical downlink data channel mapping type, where the codebook identification information corresponds to the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述码本标识信息与所述物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息对应,包括如下两种对应关系中的至少一种:The method according to claim 2, wherein the codebook identification information corresponds to time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and includes at least one of the following two types of correspondence relationships:
    所述码本标识信息与所述物理下行数据信道的起始符号的编号对应;或,The codebook identification information corresponds to a number of a start symbol of the physical downlink data channel; or,
    所述码本标识信息与所述物理下行数据信道的时域长度对应。The codebook identification information corresponds to a time domain length of the physical downlink data channel.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第二时间单元中发送所述第一码本和/或所述第二码本,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein sending the first codebook and / or the second codebook in the second time unit comprises:
    所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在第二关联关系,且所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元不存在所述第二关联关系,在所述第二时间单元发送所述第一码本;或,The second candidate receiving opportunity subset has a second association relationship with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset does not have the second association relationship with the second time unit. The second time unit sends the first codebook; or
    所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元不存在第二关联关系,且所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在所述第二关联关系,在所述第二时间单元发送所述第二码本;或,The second candidate receiving opportunity subset does not have a second association relationship with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset has the second association relationship with the second time unit. The second time unit sends the second codebook; or,
    所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在第二关联关系,且所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在所述第二关联关系,在所述第二时间单元发送所述第一码本和/或所述第二码本。The second candidate receiving opportunity subset has a second association relationship with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset has the second association relationship with the second time unit. The second time unit sends the first codebook and / or the second codebook.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第二时间单元中发送所述第一 码本和/或所述第二码本,包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein sending the first codebook and / or the second codebook in the second time unit comprises:
    在承载所述第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载所述第二码本的第二物理上行信道在所述第二时间单元中时域不重叠的情况下,在所述第一物理上行信道发送所述第一码本,以及在所述第二物理上行信道发送所述第二码本;和/或,When the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook do not overlap in the time domain in the second time unit, in the first physical Sending the first codebook on an uplink channel, and sending the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel; and / or,
    在承载所述第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载所述第二码本的第二物理上行信道在所述第二时间单元中时域重叠的情况下,在所述第一物理上行信道发送所述第一码本,或在所述第二物理上行信道发送所述第二码本。When the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlap in the time domain in the second time unit, the first physical uplink Sending the first codebook on a channel, or sending the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel.
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 4 or 5, characterized in that:
    所述第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元集合存在第一关联关系,所述第一关联关系为通过高层信令配置的或预定义的所述第一时间单元集合与所述第二时间单元之间的半静态对应关系;和/或,A first association relationship exists between the second time unit and the first time unit set, and the first association relationship is the first time unit set configured or predefined by high-level signaling and the second time Semi-static correspondence between units; and / or,
    所述第二关联关系为通过物理下行控制信道指示的物理下行数据信道与所述第二时间单元之间的动态对应关系。The second association relationship is a dynamic correspondence relationship between a physical downlink data channel indicated by a physical downlink control channel and the second time unit.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that:
    所述第一码本的比特数根据所述第一候选接收时机子集中的在时域上不重叠的候选接收时机的最大个数确定,所述第二码本的比特数根据所述第二候选接收时机子集中的在时域上不重叠的候选接收时机的最大个数确定。The number of bits of the first codebook is determined according to the maximum number of candidate reception opportunities in the first candidate receiving opportunity subset that do not overlap in the time domain, and the number of bits of the second codebook is according to the second The maximum number of candidate receiving opportunities in the candidate receiving opportunity subset that do not overlap in the time domain is determined.
  8. 一种接收码本信息的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for receiving codebook information, comprising:
    在第一时间单元集合中的候选接收时机中发送至少一个物理下行数据信道,所述第一时间单元集合包括M个候选接收时机,M为大于1的整数,所述M个候选接收时机按照码本标识信息被划分为第一候选接收时机子集和第二候选接收时机子集,其中,所述码本标识信息包括第一码本标识信息和第二码本标识信息,所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第一码本标识信息对应,所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二码本标识信息对应;Sending at least one physical downlink data channel in a candidate receiving opportunity in a first set of time units, the first set of time units including M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1, and the M candidate receiving opportunities are in accordance with codes The identification information is divided into a first candidate receiving opportunity subset and a second candidate receiving opportunity subset, wherein the codebook identification information includes first codebook identification information and second codebook identification information, and the first candidate The subset of receiving timings corresponds to the first codebook identification information, and the second candidate receiving timing subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information;
    在第二时间单元接收第一码本和/或第二码本,所述第一码本与所述第一候选接收时机子集对应,所述第二码本与所述第二候选接收时机子集对应。Receiving a first codebook and / or a second codebook at a second time unit, the first codebook corresponding to a subset of the first candidate receiving opportunity, and the second codebook and the second candidate receiving opportunity Subset correspondence.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 8, wherein:
    所述M个候选接收时机中的每个候选接收时机对应第一参数组,所述第一参数组包括码本标识信息,以及包括如下信息中的至少一种:物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移,物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,以及物理下行数据信道映射类型;或,Each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a first parameter group, and the first parameter group includes codebook identification information and includes at least one of the following information: physical downlink data channel and physical downlink control Timing offset between channels, time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and physical downlink data channel mapping type; or,
    所述M个候选接收时机中的每个候选接收时机对应第二参数组,所述第二参数组包括物理下行数据信道映射类型,以及包括如下信息中的至少一种:物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移,及物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,其中,所述码本标识信息与所述物理下行数据信道映射类型对应;或,Each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a second parameter group, where the second parameter group includes a physical downlink data channel mapping type and includes at least one of the following information: physical downlink data channel and physical A timing offset between downlink control channels and time domain location information of a physical downlink data channel, wherein the codebook identification information corresponds to the physical downlink data channel mapping type; or,
    所述M个候选接收时机中的每个候选接收时机对应第三参数组,所述第三参数组包括物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,以及包括如下信息中的至少一种:物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移,及物理下行数据信道映射类型,其中,码本标识信息与物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息对应。Each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a third parameter group, and the third parameter group includes time domain position information of a physical downlink data channel, and includes at least one of the following information: physical downlink data The timing offset between the channel and the physical downlink control channel, and the physical downlink data channel mapping type, where the codebook identification information corresponds to the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述码本标识信息与所述物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息对应,包括如下两种对应关系中的至少一种:The method according to claim 9, wherein the codebook identification information corresponds to time-domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and includes at least one of the following two correspondences:
    所述码本标识信息与所述物理下行数据信道的起始符号的编号对应;或,The codebook identification information corresponds to a number of a start symbol of the physical downlink data channel; or,
    所述码本标识信息与所述物理下行数据信道的时域长度对应。The codebook identification information corresponds to a time domain length of the physical downlink data channel.
  11. 根据权利要求8至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第二时间单元中接收所述第一码本和/或所述第二码本,包括:The method according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein receiving the first codebook and / or the second codebook in the second time unit comprises:
    所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在第二关联关系,且所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元不存在所述第二关联关系,在所述第二时间单元接收所述第一码本;或,The second candidate receiving opportunity subset has a second association relationship with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset does not have the second association relationship with the second time unit. Said second time unit receiving said first codebook; or,
    所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元不存在第二关联关系,且所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在所述第二关联关系,在所述第二时间单元接收所述第二码本;或,The second candidate receiving opportunity subset does not have a second association relationship with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset has the second association relationship with the second time unit. Said second time unit receiving said second codebook; or,
    所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在第二关联关系,且所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在所述第二关联关系,在所述第二时间单元接收所述第一码本和/或所述第二码本。The second candidate receiving opportunity subset has a second association relationship with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset has the second association relationship with the second time unit. The second time unit receives the first codebook and / or the second codebook.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第二时间单元中接收所述第一码本和/或所述第二码本,包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein receiving the first codebook and / or the second codebook in the second time unit comprises:
    在承载所述第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载所述第二码本的第二物理上行信道在所述第二时间单元中时域不重叠的情况下,在所述第一物理上行信道接收所述第一码本,以及在所述第二物理上行信道接收所述第二码本;和/或,When the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook do not overlap in the time domain in the second time unit, in the first physical Receiving the first codebook on an uplink channel, and receiving the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel; and / or,
    在承载所述第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载所述第二码本的第二物理上行信道在所述第二时间单元中时域重叠的情况下,在所述第一物理上行信道接收所述第一码本,或在所述第二物理上行信道接收所述第二码本。When the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlap in the time domain in the second time unit, the first physical uplink Receiving the first codebook on a channel, or receiving the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein:
    所述第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元集合存在第一关联关系,所述第一关联关系为通过高层信令配置的或预定义的所述第一时间单元集合与所述第二时间单元之间的半静态对应关系;和/或A first association relationship exists between the second time unit and the first time unit set, and the first association relationship is the first time unit set configured or predefined by high-level signaling and the second time Semi-static correspondence between units; and / or
    所述第二关联关系为通过物理下行控制信道指示的物理下行数据信道与所述第二时间单元之间的动态对应关系。The second association relationship is a dynamic correspondence relationship between a physical downlink data channel indicated by a physical downlink control channel and the second time unit.
  14. 根据权利要求8至13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 8 to 13, characterized in that:
    所述第一码本的比特数根据所述第一候选接收时机子集中的在时域上不重叠的候选接收时机的最大个数确定,所述第二码本的比特数根据所述第二候选接收时机子集中的在时域上不重叠的候选接收时机的最大个数确定。The number of bits of the first codebook is determined according to the maximum number of candidate reception opportunities in the first candidate receiving opportunity subset that do not overlap in the time domain, and the number of bits of the second codebook is according to the second The maximum number of candidate receiving opportunities in the candidate receiving opportunity subset that do not overlap in the time domain is determined.
  15. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和收发器,其中,A communication device, comprising a processor and a transceiver, wherein:
    所述收发器,被配置为在第一时间单元集合中的候选接收时机中接收至少一个物理下行数据信道,所述第一时间单元集合包括M个候选接收时机,M为大于1的整数,所述M个候选接收时机按照码本标识信息被划分为第一候选接收时机子集和第二候选接收时机子集,其中,所述码本标识信息包括第一码本标识信息和第二码本标识信息,所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第一码本标识信息对应,所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二码本标识信息对应;The transceiver is configured to receive at least one physical downlink data channel at a candidate receiving opportunity in a first set of time units, where the first set of time units includes M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1, The M candidate receiving timings are divided into a first candidate receiving timing subset and a second candidate receiving timing subset according to the codebook identification information, wherein the codebook identification information includes the first codebook identification information and the second codebook Identification information, the first candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the first codebook identification information, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information;
    所述处理器,被配置为根据所述至少一个物理下行数据信道的接收状态生成反馈信息码本,所述反馈信息码本包括第一码本和第二码本,所述第一码本与所述第一候选接收时 机子集对应,所述第二码本与所述第二候选接收时机子集对应;The processor is configured to generate a feedback information codebook according to a reception status of the at least one physical downlink data channel, the feedback information codebook includes a first codebook and a second codebook, and the first codebook and the The first candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds, and the second codebook corresponds to the second candidate receiving opportunity subset;
    所述收发器,还被配置为在第二时间单元发送所述第一码本和/或所述第二码本。The transceiver is further configured to send the first codebook and / or the second codebook in a second time unit.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 15, wherein:
    所述M个候选接收时机中的每个候选接收时机对应第一参数组,所述第一参数组包括码本标识信息,以及包括如下信息中的至少一种:物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移,物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,以及物理下行数据信道映射类型;或,Each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a first parameter group, and the first parameter group includes codebook identification information and includes at least one of the following information: physical downlink data channel and physical downlink control Timing offset between channels, time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and physical downlink data channel mapping type; or,
    所述M个候选接收时机中的每个候选接收时机对应第二参数组,所述第二参数组包括物理下行数据信道映射类型,以及包括如下信息中的至少一种:物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移,及物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,其中,所述码本标识信息与所述物理下行数据信道映射类型对应;或,Each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a second parameter group, where the second parameter group includes a physical downlink data channel mapping type and includes at least one of the following information: physical downlink data channel and physical A timing offset between downlink control channels and time domain location information of a physical downlink data channel, wherein the codebook identification information corresponds to the physical downlink data channel mapping type; or,
    所述M个候选接收时机中的每个候选接收时机对应第三参数组,所述第三参数组包括物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,以及包括如下信息中的至少一种:物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移,及物理下行数据信道映射类型,其中,码本标识信息与物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息对应。Each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a third parameter group, and the third parameter group includes time domain position information of a physical downlink data channel, and includes at least one of the following information: physical downlink data The timing offset between the channel and the physical downlink control channel, and the physical downlink data channel mapping type, where the codebook identification information corresponds to the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述码本标识信息与所述物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息对应,包括如下两种对应关系中的至少一种:The communication device according to claim 16, wherein the codebook identification information corresponds to time-domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and includes at least one of the following two correspondences:
    所述码本标识信息与所述物理下行数据信道的起始符号的编号对应;或,The codebook identification information corresponds to a number of a start symbol of the physical downlink data channel; or,
    所述码本标识信息与所述物理下行数据信道的时域长度对应。The codebook identification information corresponds to a time domain length of the physical downlink data channel.
  18. 根据权利要求15至17中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述收发器具体被配置为:The communication device according to any one of claims 15 to 17, wherein the transceiver is specifically configured to:
    所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在第二关联关系,且所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元不存在所述第二关联关系,在所述第二时间单元发送所述第一码本;或,The second candidate receiving opportunity subset has a second association relationship with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset does not have the second association relationship with the second time unit. The second time unit sends the first codebook; or
    所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元不存在第二关联关系,且所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在所述第二关联关系,在所述第二时间单元发送所述第二码本;或,The second candidate receiving opportunity subset does not have a second association relationship with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset has the second association relationship with the second time unit. The second time unit sends the second codebook; or,
    所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在第二关联关系,且所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在所述第二关联关系,在所述第二时间单元发送所述第一码本和/或所述第二码本。The second candidate receiving opportunity subset has a second association relationship with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset has the second association relationship with the second time unit. The second time unit sends the first codebook and / or the second codebook.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述收发器具体被配置为:The communication device according to claim 18, wherein the transceiver is specifically configured to:
    在承载所述第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载所述第二码本的第二物理上行信道在所述第二时间单元中时域不重叠的情况下,在所述第一物理上行信道发送所述第一码本,以及在所述第二物理上行信道发送所述第二码本;和/或When the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook do not overlap in the time domain in the second time unit, in the first physical Sending the first codebook on an uplink channel, and sending the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel; and / or
    在承载所述第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载所述第二码本的第二物理上行信道在所述第二时间单元中时域重叠的情况下,在所述第一物理上行信道发送所述第一码本,或在所述第二物理上行信道发送所述第二码本。When the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlap in the time domain in the second time unit, the first physical uplink Sending the first codebook on a channel, or sending the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel.
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 18 or 19, wherein
    所述第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元集合存在第一关联关系,所述第一关联关系为通过高层信令配置的或预定义的所述第一时间单元集合与所述第二时间单元之间的半静 态对应关系;和/或A first association relationship exists between the second time unit and the first time unit set, and the first association relationship is the first time unit set configured or predefined by high-level signaling and the second time Semi-static correspondence between units; and / or
    所述第二关联关系为通过物理下行控制信道指示的物理下行数据信道与所述第二时间单元之间的动态对应关系。The second association relationship is a dynamic correspondence relationship between a physical downlink data channel indicated by a physical downlink control channel and the second time unit.
  21. 根据权利要求15至20中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to any one of claims 15 to 20, wherein
    所述第一码本的比特数根据所述第一候选接收时机子集中的在时域上不重叠的候选接收时机的最大个数确定,所述第二码本的比特数根据所述第二候选接收时机子集中的在时域上不重叠的候选接收时机的最大个数确定。The number of bits of the first codebook is determined according to the maximum number of candidate reception opportunities in the first candidate receiving opportunity subset that do not overlap in the time domain, and the number of bits of the second codebook is according to the second The maximum number of candidate receiving opportunities in the candidate receiving opportunity subset that do not overlap in the time domain is determined.
  22. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括收发器,其中,A communication device, comprising a transceiver, wherein:
    所述收发器,被配置为在第一时间单元集合中的候选接收时机中发送至少一个物理下行数据信道,所述第一时间单元集合包括M个候选接收时机,M为大于1的整数,所述M个候选接收时机按照码本标识信息被划分为第一候选接收时机子集和第二候选接收时机子集,其中,所述码本标识信息包括第一码本标识信息和第二码本标识信息,所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第一码本标识信息对应,所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二码本标识信息对应;The transceiver is configured to send at least one physical downlink data channel at a candidate receiving opportunity in a first set of time units, where the first set of time units includes M candidate receiving opportunities, where M is an integer greater than 1, The M candidate receiving timings are divided into a first candidate receiving timing subset and a second candidate receiving timing subset according to the codebook identification information, wherein the codebook identification information includes the first codebook identification information and the second codebook Identification information, the first candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the first codebook identification information, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset corresponds to the second codebook identification information;
    所述收发器,还被配置为在第二时间单元接收第一码本和/或第二码本,所述第一码本与所述第一候选接收时机子集对应,所述第二码本与所述第二候选接收时机子集对应。The transceiver is further configured to receive a first codebook and / or a second codebook at a second time unit, the first codebook corresponding to the first subset of candidate reception opportunities, and the second codebook This corresponds to the second candidate reception timing subset.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 22, wherein:
    所述M个候选接收时机中的每个候选接收时机对应第一参数组,所述第一参数组包括码本标识信息,以及包括如下信息中的至少一种:物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移,物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,以及物理下行数据信道映射类型;或,Each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a first parameter group, and the first parameter group includes codebook identification information and includes at least one of the following information: physical downlink data channel and physical downlink control Timing offset between channels, time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and physical downlink data channel mapping type; or,
    所述M个候选接收时机中的每个候选接收时机对应第二参数组,所述第二参数组包括物理下行数据信道映射类型,以及包括如下信息中的至少一种:物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移,及物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,其中,所述码本标识信息与所述物理下行数据信道映射类型对应;或,Each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a second parameter group, where the second parameter group includes a physical downlink data channel mapping type and includes at least one of the following information: physical downlink data channel and physical A timing offset between downlink control channels and time domain location information of a physical downlink data channel, wherein the codebook identification information corresponds to the physical downlink data channel mapping type; or,
    所述M个候选接收时机中的每个候选接收时机对应第三参数组,所述第三参数组包括物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息,以及包括如下信息中的至少一种:物理下行数据信道与物理下行控制信道之间的定时偏移,及物理下行数据信道映射类型,其中,码本标识信息与物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息对应。Each of the M candidate receiving opportunities corresponds to a third parameter group, and the third parameter group includes time domain position information of a physical downlink data channel, and includes at least one of the following information: physical downlink data The timing offset between the channel and the physical downlink control channel, and the physical downlink data channel mapping type, where the codebook identification information corresponds to the time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述码本标识信息与所述物理下行数据信道的时域位置信息对应,包括如下两种对应关系中的至少一种:The communication device according to claim 23, wherein the codebook identification information corresponds to time domain location information of the physical downlink data channel, and includes at least one of the following two types of correspondence relationships:
    所述码本标识信息与所述物理下行数据信道的起始符号的编号对应;或,The codebook identification information corresponds to a number of a start symbol of the physical downlink data channel; or,
    所述码本标识信息与所述物理下行数据信道的时域长度对应。The codebook identification information corresponds to a time domain length of the physical downlink data channel.
  25. 根据权利要求22至24中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述收发器具体被配置为:The communication device according to any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein the transceiver is specifically configured to:
    所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在第二关联关系,且所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元不存在所述第二关联关系,在所述第二时间单元接收所述第一码本;或,The second candidate receiving opportunity subset has a second association relationship with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset does not have the second association relationship with the second time unit. Said second time unit receiving said first codebook; or,
    所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元不存在第二关联关系,且所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在所述第二关联关系,在所述第二时间单元接收所 述第二码本;或,The second candidate receiving opportunity subset does not have a second association relationship with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset has the second association relationship with the second time unit. Said second time unit receiving said second codebook; or,
    所述第一候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在第二关联关系,且所述第二候选接收时机子集与所述第二时间单元存在所述第二关联关系,在所述第二时间单元接收所述第一码本和/或所述第二码本。The second candidate receiving opportunity subset has a second association relationship with the second time unit, and the second candidate receiving opportunity subset has the second association relationship with the second time unit. The second time unit receives the first codebook and / or the second codebook.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述收发器具体被配置为:The communication device according to claim 25, wherein the transceiver is specifically configured to:
    在承载所述第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载所述第二码本的第二物理上行信道在所述第二时间单元中时域不重叠的情况下,在所述第一物理上行信道接收所述第一码本,以及在所述第二物理上行信道接收所述第二码本;和/或,When the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook do not overlap in the time domain in the second time unit, in the first physical Receiving the first codebook on an uplink channel, and receiving the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel; and / or,
    在承载所述第一码本的第一物理上行信道与承载所述第二码本的第二物理上行信道在所述第二时间单元中时域重叠的情况下,在所述第一物理上行信道接收所述第一码本,或在所述第二物理上行信道接收所述第二码本。When the first physical uplink channel carrying the first codebook and the second physical uplink channel carrying the second codebook overlap in the time domain in the second time unit, the first physical uplink Receiving the first codebook on a channel, or receiving the second codebook on the second physical uplink channel.
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 25 or 26, wherein
    所述第二时间单元与所述第一时间单元集合存在第一关联关系,所述第一关联关系为通过高层信令配置的或预定义的所述第一时间单元集合与所述第二时间单元之间的半静态对应关系;和/或A first association relationship exists between the second time unit and the first time unit set, and the first association relationship is the first time unit set configured or predefined by high-level signaling and the second time Semi-static correspondence between units; and / or
    所述第二关联关系为通过物理下行控制信道指示的物理下行数据信道与所述第二时间单元之间的动态对应关系。The second association relationship is a dynamic correspondence relationship between a physical downlink data channel indicated by a physical downlink control channel and the second time unit.
  28. 根据权利要求22至27任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to any one of claims 22 to 27, wherein
    所述第一码本的比特数根据所述第一候选接收时机子集中的在时域上不重叠的候选接收时机的最大个数确定,所述第二码本的比特数根据所述第二候选接收时机子集中的在时域上不重叠的候选接收时机的最大个数确定。The number of bits of the first codebook is determined according to the maximum number of candidate reception opportunities in the first candidate receiving opportunity subset that do not overlap in the time domain, and the number of bits of the second codebook is according to the second The maximum number of candidate receiving opportunities in the candidate receiving opportunity subset that do not overlap in the time domain is determined.
  29. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,所述处理器和存储器器耦合,用于支持所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, comprising a processor, and the processor and the memory are coupled to support the communication device to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  30. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,所述处理器和收发器耦合,用于支持所述通信装置执行如权利要求8至14中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, comprising a processor, the processor and a transceiver are coupled to support the communication device to execute the method according to any one of claims 8 to 14.
  31. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, comprising instructions that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  32. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求如8至14中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, comprising instructions that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 8 to 14.
  33. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当其在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product containing instructions, which, when run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  34. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当其在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求8至14中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product containing instructions, which, when run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 8 to 14.
  35. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括终端设备和网络设备,所述终端设备与所述网络设备配合,用于执行如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法。A communication system is characterized in that it includes a terminal device and a network device, and the terminal device cooperates with the network device to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 14.
PCT/CN2019/081775 2018-05-21 2019-04-08 Method and device for sending and receiving codebook information WO2019223436A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201810491261.6 2018-05-21
CN201810491261.6A CN110519019B (en) 2018-05-21 2018-05-21 Method and device for sending and receiving codebook information

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019223436A1 true WO2019223436A1 (en) 2019-11-28

Family

ID=68615498

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/081775 WO2019223436A1 (en) 2018-05-21 2019-04-08 Method and device for sending and receiving codebook information

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN110519019B (en)
WO (1) WO2019223436A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220321276A1 (en) * 2019-04-02 2022-10-06 Intel Corporation Prioritization of services for control and data transmission for new radio systems
EP4270835A4 (en) * 2020-12-31 2024-03-06 Huawei Tech Co Ltd Method and apparatus for determining hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (harq-ack) codebook

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021159850A1 (en) * 2020-02-11 2021-08-19 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Wireless communication methods, user equipment and network device
WO2021248463A1 (en) * 2020-06-12 2021-12-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for enhanced semi-static codebooks
CN114070517A (en) * 2020-08-06 2022-02-18 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 HARQ-ACK codebook transmission method, device and storage medium
CN115085870A (en) * 2021-03-10 2022-09-20 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method and terminal for generating semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106549734A (en) * 2015-09-18 2017-03-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of transmission method of information, terminal and base station
WO2018016794A1 (en) * 2016-07-18 2018-01-25 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Carrier aggregation with variable transmission durations

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102170338B (en) * 2011-04-29 2013-09-25 电信科学技术研究院 Method and device for transmitting ACKNACK feedback information
CN108023719B (en) * 2016-11-04 2020-01-21 华为技术有限公司 Method for generating hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ codebook and related equipment

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106549734A (en) * 2015-09-18 2017-03-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of transmission method of information, terminal and base station
WO2018016794A1 (en) * 2016-07-18 2018-01-25 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Carrier aggregation with variable transmission durations

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
LG ELECTRONICS: "Support of HARQ-ACK multiplexing/bundling for NR", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING NR AD-HOC#2 RL-1710333, 30 June 2017 (2017-06-30), XP051299548 *
VIVO: "Discussion on DL scheduling for URLLC", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #92BIS RI-1806069, 12 May 2018 (2018-05-12), XP051462333 *

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220321276A1 (en) * 2019-04-02 2022-10-06 Intel Corporation Prioritization of services for control and data transmission for new radio systems
US11984987B2 (en) * 2019-04-02 2024-05-14 Intel Corporation Prioritization of services for control and data transmission for new radio systems
EP4270835A4 (en) * 2020-12-31 2024-03-06 Huawei Tech Co Ltd Method and apparatus for determining hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (harq-ack) codebook

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110519019A (en) 2019-11-29
CN110519019B (en) 2020-07-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11539467B2 (en) Method and apparatus for partial retransmission in wireless cellular communication system
WO2019223436A1 (en) Method and device for sending and receiving codebook information
US20210045150A1 (en) Method for providing low latency service in communication system and apparatus for the same
US11240790B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting control and data information in wireless cellular communication system
JP7027669B2 (en) Communication method and communication device
US11930506B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving data in wireless communication system
US11456838B2 (en) Method and device for determining uplink data and control signal transmission timing in wireless communication system
WO2018227600A1 (en) Feedback information transmitting and receiving method and device, and communication system
US10051633B2 (en) Method and apparatus for carrier aggregation
CN105743619A (en) Hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) transmission method and apparatus
JP2018504053A (en) Soft buffer management for extended carrier aggregation
US11330595B2 (en) Method for sending control information, method for receiving control information, and apparatus
WO2013023684A1 (en) Scheduling communications
CN114450994A (en) Feedback of remaining delay budget
WO2019223615A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting uplink control information
WO2020063301A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and device
EP3050236A1 (en) Bundling harq feedback in a time division duplexing communication system
WO2021057265A1 (en) Harq information transmission method and apparatus
WO2021017765A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2019192153A1 (en) Resource determination method, indication method, and device
WO2021073020A1 (en) Communication method and device
TW202312702A (en) Method for receiving traffic in wireless network
US20230139269A1 (en) Acknowledgement information reporting for multi-cell scheduling
US20230137234A1 (en) Method and apparatus for periodic data transmission and reception in wireless communication system
US10986619B2 (en) Method and apparatus for determining uplink transmission timing in wireless communication system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19806796

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019806796

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20201125

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19806796

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1